Luke 19 (BHT-FTN)

+1:1IT. Luke is written as a letter to a man named Theophilus (see UBSHS [Lk], 11). Cf CJB, TEV.+1:1πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:1Technically a singular noun is used here, but the meaning is plural. In other words, Luke doesn’t mean that many people were working together on a single account, but that many people were writing multiple accounts (see NAC [Lk], 25). Cf CJB, NLT.+1:1Or matters.+1:1πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν ( peplērophorēmenōn en hēmin) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and adjective have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent (in keeping with the interpretation reflected in the text; see following note).+1:1Or concerning the events that have been fulfilled/accomplished/taken place among us; or concerning the events that have been fully proclaimed among us. Cf KJV. For more on the interpretive options here, see BDAG, 827, sv πληροφορέω 1.a.; DBL Greek, #4442; ESL, #4135; UBSHS (Lk), 8.+1:1Cf Heb 11:1.+1:2ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ( ap archēs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and αὐτόπται καὶ ὑπηρέται τοῦ λόγου ( autoptai kai hupēretai tou logou) in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and commas have been used to give extra focus to ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ( ap archēs), which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to αὐτόπται καὶ ὑπηρέται τοῦ λόγου.+1:2For this gloss for ὑπηρέτης ( hupēretēs), see ANLEX, 391, sv.+1:2Or of the message, or of the word, or of the teaching. Following McGirr, τοῦ λόγου ( tou logou) here has been interpreted as an insider reference to Jesus (see McGirr, Ten Ways, 60). This makes sense especially considering that “of the Word” is used with “eyewitnesses.” Cf Jn 1:1-3; Ac 1:21-2.+1:2The direct object is implied from the context. Cf ESV, HCSB, NKJV.+1:2Cf Ac 15:24, 21:17-21, 23:29; 1 Co 4:1-4, 11:2, 15:1-2; 2 Co 11:4, 12-15; Gal 1:6-9, 2:4-5, 5:7-14; Php 3:1-3, 3:17-4:1; Col 1:23, 2:2; 1 Th 1:4-7; 2 Th 2:14-15; 1 Ti 1:3-7, 4:7; Tit 1:14 2 Pt 1:16. Cf the translation here with McGirr’s trajectory of interpretation and translation of these verses (McGirr, Ten Ways, 54-63). Though I don’t entirely agree with McGirr’s analysis or all of his translation choices in this opening section of Luke, his claim that Luke is warning Theophilus against questionable accounts being produced by people besides the apostles is quite plausible.+1:3Or I too.+1:3The participle here is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+1:3Or from the beginning.+1:3ἀκριβῶς ( akribōs) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:3Cf 1 Ti 4:6; 2 Ti 3:10.+1:3καθεξῆς ( kathexēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus κράτιστε Θεόφιλε ( kratiste theophile) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:3Cf this rendering of καθεξῆς ( kathexēs) with the CJB, NET, NCV, and TEV at Ac 11:4. Cf also UBSHS (Ac), 222.+1:4Or informed. περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων ( peri hōn katēchēthēs lōgōn) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), with κατηχήθης preposed as an embedded focal constituent within the embedded element (according to Dr. Stephen Levinsohn’s analysis, which he shared with me through personal correspondence). The constituent as a whole has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Italics have also been used to give extra focus and emphasis to κατηχήθης.+1:5Lit the days. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+1:5Cf 1 Ch 24:10.+1:5Lit was of the daughters of. ME (see L-N, 10.31). Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV.+1:7Lit was barren, or was sterile. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.56). Cf HCSB, NLT.+1:7προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν ( probebēkotes en tais hēmerais autōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+1:7Lit both of them were advanced in their days. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 67.99). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+1:8Lit Now it happened that. EFE. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV. The phrases kai egeneto or egeneto de function in a variety of ways in Luke’s gospel (for a summary description, see UBSHS [Lk], 22). Corresponding EFEs are used throughout the translation of Luke, depending on the context.+1:8Lit Now it happened that when he was serving as priest in the order of his priestly division before/in the presence of God. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, NIV, NRSV.+1:8Cf 1 Ch 24:10, 19; 2Ch 8:14, 31:2.+1:9Cf Ex 30:7-8.+1:10Lit hour. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NRSV.+1:11Lit to him.+1:11Or the angel. See note at Mt 1:20.+1:12IT. The direct object is implied here. Cf most English translations.+1:12φόβος ( phobos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+1:12Lit fear fell upon him. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+1:13διότι ( dioti) here isn’t directly causal (see UBSHS [Lk], 30), and has therefore been left untranslated. Cf NCV, NEB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:13Cf Dn 9:20-23.+1:13This is an imperatival future. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:13IT. In Hebrew, John’s name means “Yahweh is gracious,” or “Yahweh has shown favor” (see FSB, Lk 1:13; UBSHS [Lk], 31).+1:14Lit And there will be to you joy and gladness. ME.+1:14πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:15This is an οὐ μὴ ( ou mē) + aorist subjunctive construction, which is the strongest and most emphatic form of negation in Koine Greek (see Black, Grammar, 180; Mounce, Grammar, 316; NET Bible Notes, Re 3:3). οὐ μὴ πίῃ ( ou mē piē) is also in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have thus been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the negation.+1:15Cf Nm 6:3; Jg 13:3-5; Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33.+1:15πνεύματος ἁγίου ( penumatos hagiou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ( heti ek koilias mētros autou) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:15Cf Lk 1:41, 44.+1:16Lit sons. ME (see L-N, 11.58). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NRSV, TEV.+1:16πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ( pollous tōn huiōn yisraēl) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:17Lit will go before him. ME.+1:17Lit in/by the Spirit and power of Elijah. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 36; translation and notes at Re 1:10). Cf TEV. πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει ( pneumati kai dunamei) is an example of hendiadys. Hendiadys is “the expression of an idea by the use of usually two independent words connected by and (as nice and warm) instead of the usual combination of independent word and its modifier (as nicely warm)” ( Miriam-Webster’s, sv). In view here, moreover, is not the human spirit, but the Spirit of God (see UBSHS [Lk], 36).+1:17Cf 2 Ki 2:9, 2:15.+1:17Or to turn the hearts of the fathers back to the children. Cf Dt 30:2; Ml 4:4 (NET). Following the lead of the NET at Ml 4:6 in translation here (see NET Bible Notes, Ml 4:6). The prophetic focus of the Torah is on repentance that extends across generational lines within the nation (see, eg, Dt 30:2; 1 Ki 18:36-40; cf “remember the Law of my servant Moses” at Ml 4:4).+1:17Cf Lv 26:40-42; Dt 4:29-31, 30:2-3; 1 Ki 18:36-39; Ne 1:9; Is 55:7; Jl 2:12-13.+1:17Since the direct objects are different in nature, this is most likely an example of zeugma.+1:17Or attitude, or mindset, or wisdom, or understanding, or prudence. Cf REB in ESS (Lk), 32.+1:17Cf Ezk 3:20-21; 18:21-32, 33:8-19.+1:17Cf Ml 3:1; Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Jn 3:28-9; Re 19:7-8.+1:18Lit advanced in her days. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 67.99). Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+1:20The context (cf v 1:64) indicates that the aorist is functioning inceptively here (see Royce Gordon Gruenler in Mounce, Grammar, 193).+1:20Cf Gn 18:9-14.+1:21Lit were wondering at his being delayed. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NLT, TEV.+1:22IT. The context indicates an anticipated event following a delay. Cf NLT.+1:22ὀπτασίαν ( optasian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:22Lit and. Koine Greek often used parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship was implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., γ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NET, NIV.+1:22Lit remained mute/dumb. ME (see L-N, 33.106). Cf most English translations.+1:23Lit the days. ME. Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NCV, TEV.+1:24Lit After these days. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 46). Cf NET, TEV.+1:25Lit Thus the Lord has dealt with me. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 47). Cf Gdspd; NLT; Phps.+1:25Lit in days in which. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 47). Cf TEV.+1:25Or favor.+1:25This is an infinitive of result. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NRSV.+1:25Lit to remove my disgrace among men. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 1:25; UBSHS [Lk], 47). As is true of many cultures today, among the Jewish people of this time barrenness carried a stigma with it. Cf Lv 20:20-21; Jr 22:30.+1:26Lit In the sixth month. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 48; NAC [Lk], 82; NET Bible Notes, Lk 1:26; cf vv 24-5, 36). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+1:27Lit betrothed to. ME(H) (see note at Mt 1:18).+1:27Lit Joseph from the house of David. ME(I/F/OTB)/IT (see BSL, Lk 1:27, sv οἶκος; L-N, 10.24; NET Bible Notes, 2 Sm 7:11). In this context, “house” doesn’t just mean family line, but royal lineage and dynasty. This is important in light of vv 32-3. Cf TEV.+1:28Lit He.+1:28Lit greetings, or hail. ME(H) (see note at Mt 26:49). Cf CJB.+1:28ὁ κύριος ( ho kurios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:29Lit She.+1:29διεταράχθη ( dietarachthē) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:29The lexeme here involves both perplexity and fear (see ANLEX, 375, sv ταράσσω 2). Since the subsequent context addresses both (the former in 29b, and the latter in v 30), I have included both in the translation here. Cf NLT.+1:29Lit and was wondering/figuring out. Cf HCSB. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). The imperfective aspect of the verb and the close temporal proximity, if not contemporaneity, of the action here is more naturally expressed in English, in my opinion, by means of a participle (cf HCSB). It is also possible to interpret the verb as functioning inceptively (see NET) or conatively (see ESV, ISV, NLT). In the latter case, care must be taken in translation (the NLT makes it sound like Mary is having trouble thinking; the ESV and ISV are better).+1:29IT. A sense of astonishment may be implied by the optative here (see UBSHS [Lk], 553). It is certainly present contextually.+1:29Lit of what sort this greeting might be. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 52-3, 553). Cf ISV, NCV, NEB, NLT, NET.+1:30γὰρ ( gar) here is signaling strength and support for what precedes. As in v 13 (see note at “your” there), the relationship between this clause and the preceding clause isn’t directly causal, and therefore γὰρ has been left untranslated. Cf NIV, TEV.+1:31Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+1:31Lit conceive in the womb. ME (see L-N, 23.49). Cf HCSB, NLT.+1:31This is an imperatival future. Cf ISV, NIV, NRSV.+1:31IT. See note at Mt 1:21.+1:32Lit This one.+1:32υἱὸς ὑψίστου ( huios hupsistou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+1:32Or ancestor, or forefather.+1:33Cf Is 14:1, 29:22, 46:3-4.+1:33Cf 2 Sm 7; 1 Ki 2:12; 1 Ch 17; Ps 2, 89, 132; Is 9:2-7; Jr 33:17.+1:34οὐ γινώσκω ( ou yinōskō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:34Lit since I am not knowing a man. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.61). Cf HCSB.+1:35πνεῦμα ἅγιον ( pneuma hagion) and δύναμις ὑψίστου ( dunamis hupsistou) are in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to these elements.+1:35Lit come upon you, or come over you. ME. Following the lead of L-N (see L-N, 15.83) and the UBSHS (see UBSHS [Lk], 60), an ME has been used here to avoid sexual connotations. Cf note at Mt 1:18.+1:35Cf Ex 40:35; Ps 91:1; Lk 9:34.+1:35ἅγιον ( hagion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:35Cf 2 Sm 7; Ps 2.+1:36Cf HCSB, TEV.+1:36A comma has been placed after “son” to ensure that the thematic addition is applied to having a child and not to old age.+1:36Lit in. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 62). Cf NCV, NET, TEV. The meaning here is obviously concessive.+1:36μὴν ἕκτος ( mēn hektos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:36Cf ISV, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+1:36Lit barren. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.56). Cf HCSB, NCV, TEV.+1:37πᾶν ῥῆμα ( pan rēma) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:37The future indicative has been interpreted as a gnomic future. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:37Or nothing will be impossible from God. Cf ASV, NLT, REB.+1:37Cf Gn 18:14; Is 55:9-11; Jr 32:17, 32:27.+1:38Lit behold. Cf NEB, NRSV; UBSHS(Lk), 63; most English translations at Mt 12:49.+1:38Lit according to your word. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:39Lit in these days. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 64). Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:41“Elizabeth” here is receiving thematic prominence (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to draw more attention to this element.+1:42Lit the fruit of your womb. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 10.38). Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT.+1:43Lit Yet from where/why to me this. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 68). Cf NIV, NLT.+1:43πρὸς typically takes μέ ( me), and when used with ἐμέ ( eme), the pronoun is more emphatic (see Black, Grammar, 68; cf UBSHS [Lk], 68). It has thus been italicized for emphasis.+1:45Or who trusted, or who believed.+1:45Lit that there would be a fulfillment to the things that have been spoken to her from the Lord. ME (see BDAG, 997, sv τελείωσις 2). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+1:48Lit looked upon the lowliness/humble station of his slave. ME (see BDAG, 990, sv ταπείνωσις 2).+1:49ἅγιον ( hagion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:49Cf Lv 22:32; 1 Ch 16:10; Ps 29:2, 30:4, 33:21, 97:12, 103:1, 105:3, 111:9, 145:21; Is 57:15; Ezk 36:20-23, 39:7, 39:25; Re 4:8.+1:50Or faithful love, or lovingkindness. Lit mercy. ME(OTB) (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 1:50, 72; note at Mt 5:48).+1:50Cf Ex 20:6, 34:6-7; Dt 5:9-10, 7:9-10; Ps 100:5, 103:11, 103:17; Jr 32:18; Dn 9:4.+1:51The aorist verbs in vv 51-54 are functioning proleptically/prophetically. This is reflected in the translation. Cf UBSHS (Lk), 75.+1:51IT (see L-N, 76.3).+1:51Cf Is 33:2; 40:10-11, 51:5, 52:10, 53:1, 59:16, 63:5. I have opted for a more literal rendering here because of the connection of this idea with the Messiah (cf, eg, Is 53:1, 63:1-6; Jn 12:38; Re 19:11-21).+1:51Lit the arrogant in the thoughts of their hearts. ME (see note at Mk 3:5). Cf ISV.+1:51Cf 2 Ch 32:25; Ps 18:27, 101:5; Pr 8:13, 16:5; Is 2:11-22, 13:11; Dn 4:37.+1:52The context indicates that δυνάστης ( dunastēs) carries with it connotations of abusive rule and an adversarial relationship to God. Cf the LXX-Hebrew alignment at Jb 6:23, 9:22, 15:5, 15:20, and 27:13 ( LALS, sv δυνάστης).+1:52Cf Ps 2, 149; Is 40:22-23; Dn 2:20-23.+1:54Cf Dt 4:30-31, Ps 102:13-17; Is 41:8, 44:1, 44:21, 45:4, 49:3-5; Ac 1:6.+1:54Lit his mercy. ME(OTB) (see note at Lk 1:50). Cf Dt 4:30-31; Ps 25:6; Jr 31:20; Mic 7:18-20; Hab 3:2; Rm 11:28-32.+1:55Lit as he spoke. In this context, the things spoken are the promises of the covenant (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 1:55). Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NCV, NLT.+1:55Or forefathers, or ancestors.+1:56Lit with her.+1:58Lit that the Lord had made large his mercy with her. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:59Cf Lv 12:3.+1:59The imperfective verb here is functioning either voluntatively or conatively. Cf NET, NCV, NLT.+1:61IT. Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+1:62Lit name him.+1:63Lit he.+1:63Ἰωάννης ( yōannēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:64Lit his.+1:64Or began praising. VPR. See VCC (Lk 1:64). “The imperfect tense of elalei suggests that Zechariah continued to speak for some time” ( UBSHS [Lk], 86).+1:64Lit was speaking, praising. ME. The participle here defines the nature of the speech (see UBSHS [Lk], 86). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+1:65IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+1:65Lit all these events were being talked about. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+1:65ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ( en holē tē oreinē tēs youdaias) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:66Cf HCSB.+1:66τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, and to express the wonder and amazement present contextually.+1:66καὶ χεὶρ κυρίου ( kai xeir kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore μετʼ αὐτοῦ ( met’ autou) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+1:66Lit For the hand of the Lord was with him. ME(I/F/OTB) (see L-N, 76.3). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV. The “hand of the Lord” is an idiom for God carrying out some sort of powerful action either for or against someone (see, eg, Ex 9:3; Dt 2:15; Jsh 4:23-24, 22:31; Jg 2:15; 1 Ki 18:46; 2 Ki 3:15; 1 Ch 21:13-14; Ezr 7:6; Jb 12:9; Is 25:10). \fp+1:67Lit his.+1:68The aorist indicatives in this section are functioning proleptically/prophetically. This is reflected in the translation.+1:68Lit make a ransom, or perform redemption. ME(OTB). In OT theology, when God is the one performing “redemption” or paying a “ransom,” the “ransom” or “price” that God “pays” to bring about someone’s “release” is his own mighty acts—as, for example, in the Exodus (see, eg, Dt 7:8, 9:26; Ps 78:42; Is 50:2). These acts, moreover, are performed freely as gracious acts because of God’s name and covenant faithfulness (see Dt 9:5), and cover a wide range of actions, including provision of a ransom that delivers someone from Sheol (eg, Ps 49:7); deliverance from enemies of various kinds (eg, Ps 55:18); and the future deliverance of Israel (eg, Is 51:11). For further discussion, see TWOT, 715-17. See also ANLEX, 249, sv λύτρωσις; BDAG, 606, sv λύτρωσις 1; L-N, 37.128.+1:69Or has visited and performed…and has raised up (effective aorists). Though one could argue for an effective aorist here based on Zechariah’s presumed knowledge of the baby in Mary’s womb, the Messianic function highlighted in this prophecy (“deliverance from our enemies”), the promises of vv 71-5, the shift to the future indicative in v 76, and the simple fact that Zechariah is prophesying, all favor a proleptic function in this context, with the aorist possibly pointing back to the recent events as the basis for the certainty of the accomplishment of the yet future acts of deliverance.+1:69Lit a horn of salvation. ME(I/F) (see UBSHS [Lk], 91). Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:69Lit house. ME (see note at Lk 1:27). The same applies here.+1:70Lit spoke. ME. Here promises are again in view (see note at Lk 1:55). Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+1:70ἀπʼ αἰῶνος ( ap aiōnos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:71Lit salvation, or deliverance. σωτηρίαν ( sōtērian) is in an appositional relationship to κέρας ( keras) in v 69 (see LSGNT Notes, Lk 1:69, 71, sv κέρας). I have made the connection explicit in translation.+1:71Lit hand. ME(I/F) (see DBL Hebrew, #5931.3; L-N, 76.3; UBSHS [Lk], 94). Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+1:72The infinitive here has been interpreted causatively (cf NET Bible Notes at Lk 1:54 and UBSHS [Lk], 79). This is reflected in the translation.+1:72Or thus showing steadfast love. Lit to do mercy. ME(OTB) (see note at Lk 1:50).+1:72Or ancestors, or forefathers.+1:72Maintaining consistency in translation between this verse and v 54 (cf ESV, NASB, NKJV, NRSV, and RSV at Lk 1:54).+1:73Lit the to grant. The articular infinitive here is interpreted as indicating the content of the oath (cf UBSHS [Lk], 96; ESS [Lk], 69). This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+1:74Lit the hand. ME(I/F) (see not at 1:71 above).+1:74ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ( ek xeiros exthrōn) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:74ἀφόβως ( aphobōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:74Cf Gn 32:20; Ex 3:6, 19:1-20, 24:10-11, 33:20; Lv 10:1-10, 16:1-34; Nu 18:3; Dt 5:24-26; Jg 6:22-23; Jb 9:32-35; Ps 11:7, 15:1-5, 24:3-4, 140:13; Is 33:14; Is 6:5; Jr 33:20-26, 50:4-5; Ezk 44:13-31, 45:1-5; Re 7:15, 22:4.+1:75Or in his sight, or before him.+1:75Cf Ps 132:9-16; Is 61:3,10; Zc 3:1-10; Ml 3:3-4.+1:76προφήτης ὑψίστου ( prophētēs hupsistou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:76Cf Ml 3:1; Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27.+1:77Or and to give. The articular infinitive here is interpreted as explanatory. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB. For a summary of the interpretive options here, see ESS (Lk), 72; UBSHS (Lk), 98.+1:77Cf Lv 10:11; Dt 17:9; Is 5:13; Jr 3:15; Ho 4:4-6; Zp 3:4; Ml 2:7-8.+1:77The prepositional phrase here is connected to σωτηρίας ( sōtērias), describing either the means or contents of the salvation just mentioned (see UBSHS [Lk], 98; ESS [Lk], 72). This connection has been made explicit in translation for clarity.+1:77Or in, or consisting in.+1:77Or by giving understanding of salvation to his people with regard to/in the forgiveness of their sins. While the statement “to give/cause knowledge of salvation” is most likely referring to John’s prophetic pronouncement, the gospels indicate that John’s ministry also included a significant amount of teaching and instruction (cf Mt 3 and Lk 3; remember, John was a Levite). Since the roles of teacher and prophet often overlap in Scripture, it is possible to interpret “giving knowledge of salvation” in terms of John giving instruction and understanding (cf Lv 10:11; Dt 17:9; Is 5:13; Jr 3:15; Ho 4:4-6; Zp 3:4; Ml 2:7-8). In that situation, the meaning is that John gives them understanding concerning salvation—the need for it, the means of receiving it, the fruit it must produce, etc. Cf Mt 3:7-12; Lk 3:7-14.+1:78The following clause is interpreted as providing the reason for forgiveness (see UBSHS [Lk], 99; interpretation 1 in ESS [Lk], 72). Similar statements in the OT indicate that this is the better interpretation (see, eg, Ex 34:7; Nu 14:18-19; Ps 86:5). The connection has been made explicit in translation here.+1:78Lit because of the bowels of mercy of our God. ME(I/F/OTB) (see L-N, 25.49; note at Lk 1:50).+1:78The antecedent has been restated for clarity.+1:78Or by which.+1:78Or the dawn, or the rising sun. Cf Jr 23:5 (LXX), Zc 3:8, 6:12 (LXX); Ml 4:2. That this is a reference to the Messiah is clear. Less clear is whether it is an allusion to Ml 4:2, or to passages like Jr 23:5. Most translations seem to favor the first option, presumably because ἐπιφαίνω ( epiphainō) is used in the next clause. The UBSHS claims that the Branch interpretation “is not consistent with the idea of shining in the darkness in the next clause which clearly should be related to anatolē” ( UBSHS [Lk], 99). I disagree. ἐπισκέπτομαι ( episkeptomai) has already been used in v 68 to describe the visitation of the God of Israel through the Davidic Savior, and there clearly means a visitation from God to help his people. In Re 22:16, “Bright Morning Star” is in an appositional relationship to “Root and Offspring of David” (see LDGNT, Re 22:16; LSGNT Notes, Re 22:16, sv ἀστὴρ). “The Branch” is a Messianic title, and therefore if the Messiah shines, it means the Branch shines. I say this not because I am dogmatic in either direction, but simply to point out that the “Branch” is just as valid a candidate here as the “rising sun” or the “dawn.” One interesting fact that may also be worth taking into consideration on this matter, is that in addition to being prophesied in the Old Testament, the Messianic “Branch” is also part of the constellation Virgo (and constellations, obviously, shine!). I discuss this topic some in a seminar called “The Gospel in the Stars,” and in a children’s book entitled The Heavens Declare. Both can be found on the DTN website (www.danieltrainingnetwork.org).+1:79Lit in darkness and shadow of death. This is an example of hendiadys (see note at Mt 4:16). Cf Is 9:1-2, 42:6-7, 42:19; Mt 4:16. σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου ( skotei kai skia thanatou) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:79Or and to guide. As in vv 73 and 77 above, the articular infinitive here is interpreted as explanatory (ie, as defining previously referenced and thus known content).+1:79Or to, or on. According to the LSGNT Notes, εἰς ( eis) here is either a preposition of direction or a preposition of location (see LSGNT Notes, Lk 1:79, sv).+1:79Cf 1 Sm 2:9; Jb 23:11; Ps 17:5, 25:12, 37:23, 44:8, 119:31, 121:3; Pr 1:16, 3:26, 4:26, 14:15, 16:9, 20:4; Is 59:7-8; Jr 10:23.+1:79Cf Is 42:7; Rm 2:19-20; Eph 1:17-18.+1:80The imperfect indicative in this context is signaling progressive growth over a long period of time. Cf ISV, TEV.+1:80The imperfect indicative in this context is signaling progressive growth and increase over a long period of time.+1:80Cf Mt 11:7-12, 14:1-4.+1:80Lit until the day of his public appearance. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, TEV.+2:1Lit In those days. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+2:1Or Caesar.+2:1IT (see BDAG, 108, sv ἀπογράφω a). Cf NET.+2:2ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ( apographē prōtē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the most newly activated information.+2:2IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NRSV.+2:2Κυρηνίου ( Kurēniou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:4Here the thematic addition has been expressed with “for his part” rather than “also” or “too,” since not everyone went to the same town.+2:4Lit house and lineage. ME/IT (see note a Lk 1:27).+2:5The infinitive here is dependent on the verb in verse 4. Cf ISV, NET, NIV, TEV, NRSV.+2:8ποιμένες ( poimenes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+2:8Lit watching watches during the night. ME/IT. Shifts or turns are implied by the plural form of the direct object here (see ESS [Lk], 80; Robertson, Word Pictures, Lk 2:7).+2:9IT. Cf NLT.+2:9Or the angel. See note at Mt 1:20.+2:9ἄγγελος κυρίου ( angelos kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus (with the help of a dummy subject).+2:9δόξα κυρίου ( doxa kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+2:9Lit They.+2:10Lit I gospel to you great joy, which will be to/for all the people. ME. Cf CJB, NET, NLT, TEV.+2:11σωτὴρ ( sōtēr) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus. Cf NRSV.+2:12τοῦτο ( touto) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+2:12Lit This will be to you the sign. ME (see BDAG, 920, sv σημεῖον 1). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+2:13Lit there became with the angel. πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου ( plēthos stratias ouraniou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been rendered such as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf NLT.+2:13Lit a multitude of the army of heaven. ME (see L-N, 12. 30). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, TEV.+2:14Cf Ps 148:1.+2:14Or those on whom his favor rests, or people of goodwill.+2:15Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 222, sv δή 2).+2:16IT (see BDAG, 78, sv ἀνευρίσκω; UBSHS [Lk], 119).+2:16Following the ISV in translation here.+2:17Or On seeing him, or On seeing them. The direct object is implied from the context here. Cf most English translations.+2:17Lit they.+2:19πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ( panta ta rēmata) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the preposed element.+2:20IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT.+2:20Lit praising God for all that they had heard and seen, just as it was spoken to them. ME/IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+2:21Lit And when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him. ME. Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV+2:21Cf Gn 17:12; Lv 12:13.+2:21Lit before he was conceived in the womb. ME. Cf HCSB, NIV, NLT.+2:22Lit And when the days of their purification were fulfilled according to the Law/Torah of Moses. ME(OTB)/IT (see Lv 12; UBSHS [Lk], 124). Cf Lv 12:4 (LXX).+2:22Lit him.+2:23Lit every male that opens the womb. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 10.45). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:23IT (see BDAG, 10, sv ἅγιος 1; Ibid, BDAG, 9, sv ἁγιάζω 1, 2).+2:23ἅγιον τῷ κυρίῳ ( hagion tō kuriō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:23The future indicative is interpreted as an imperatival future. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:23Ex 13:2, 12+2:24Lit and to give sacrifice according to what is said in the Law/Torah of the Lord. ME(OTB)/IT (see Lv 12). As the UBSHS points out (see UBSHS [Lk], 128), τοῦ δοῦναι θυσίαν ( tou dounai thusian) here does not mean that Mary herself offered a sacrifice on the altar, but that she gave over sacrificial animals to the priest, who in turn offered the sacrifice (see Lv 12:8).+2:24The clause that follows is appositional.+2:24Lv 12:8+2:25Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+2:25ἄνθρωπος ( anthrōpos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus (with the help of a dummy subject). An indefinite adjective and comma have also been used to give this element extra focus.+2:25Or consolation, or deliverance. Cf NET.+2:25Cf Ps 102:12-17; Is 40:1; 49:13; 51:3; 57:18; 61:2; Mic 4:8; Ac 1:6.+2:25πνεῦμα ἅγιον ( pneuma hagion) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:26Lit would not see death. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:26The genitive has been translated subjectively, with the verbal idea compressed in the genitive made explicit in translation. Cf NCV, TEV.+2:27Lit He.+2:27Lit in/by the Spirit. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 131). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+2:27The aorist infinitive here indicates that events of this clause precede those of the main clause (see BDF, §404; UBSHS [Lk], 132).+2:27Lit to do according to what was customary of the Law/Torah concerning him. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:27Cf Ex 13:2, 11-16.+2:28Lit him.+2:29Lit dismiss. ME(I/F) (see BSL, Lk 2:29, sv ἀπολύω; UBSHS [Lk], 134). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+2:29Lit according to your word. ME. Cf NLT, TEV.+2:31Lit which (with salvation as the antecedent). Restating the antecedent in translation for clarity.+2:31Lit according to face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 83.34). Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, LEB, NASB, NET, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+2:31Cf Ps 98; Is 52:10.+2:32Cf CJB.+2:32Cf Is 2:2-3, 42:4-6, 49:6; Mt 28:18-20; Lk 1:79; Ac 13:47; Rm 2:19; Eph 1:17-23, 4:17-18.+2:32Cf Is 42:6, 45:25, 46:13, and 49:6.+2:33Lit His.+2:34Or blessed. ME(H) (see not at Mk 10:16).+2:34Lit and to be a sign. ME(OTB)/IT (see FSB, Is 8:18; TWOT, 67, sv môpēt; UBSHS [Lk], 138; UBSHS [Ps], 613). Cf Ps 71:7 (see esp CJB, HCSB, NIV, NCV, TEV); Is 8:18 (see esp NET, NLT), 20:3 (see esp NET); Ezk 12:6 (see esp NET), 12:11, 24:24-27; Zc 3:8; Lk 11:30.+2:34Lit which.+2:34Or spoken against, or rejected, or opposed. Drawing from the BSL in translation here (see BSL, Lk 2:34, sv ἀντιλέγω). Like the prophets of old, Jesus’ life and message would stir up great opposition.+2:35ME(I/F)/IT (see ESS [Lk], 103; UBSHS [Lk], 140). Cf TEV.+2:35τὴν ψυχὴν ( tēn psuchēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NLT.+2:35Cf Lk 23:27-8; Jn 19:25.+2:35Or secrets, or plans.+2:35ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν ( ek pollōn kardiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+2:35Cf Ps 118:22; Is 8:14-15, 28:13-16; Rm 9:33; 1 Pe 2:6-8. Cf also Jn 8:37, 8:40, 9:39-40, 15:22.+2:36Or descendant.+2:36Lit was advanced in many days. ME(I/F). See note at Lk 1:7.+2:36Lit seven years from her virginity. ME (see L-N, 23.64). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NRSV.+2:37Or until age eighty-four.+2:37νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν ( nēsteias kai deēsesin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν ( nukta kai hēmeran) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+2:37The plural nouns here indicate multiple acts or times of fasting and prayer (see UBSHS [Lk], 141). This is also quite obvious from the context and the lexemes used here. Cf ISV.+2:38αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ( autē tē hōra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+2:38Lit hour. ME. Cf HCSB, NET, NIV, NRSV.+2:38Lit she.+2:38Lit about him.+2:38Lit redemption of Jerusalem. ME(OTB) (see note at Lk 1:68). Cf Is 1:27, 52:7-10, 59:20, 62:1-7.+2:39Lit When they.+2:39Lit all the things that were according to the Law/Torah of the Lord. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:39Lit to their own town. ME. Cf ISV, TEV.+2:40See note at Lk 1:80 above. The same applies here.+2:40See note at Lk 1:80 above. The same applies here.+2:40Or with understanding, or with insight. Cf Is 50:4-5; 53:2; Lk 2:46; Jn 7:16, 8:28.+2:40Or grace.+2:40χάρις θεοῦ ( charis theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+2:40Cf Lk 1:80, 2:52.+2:41Lit his.+2:42Lit he.+2:42Lit went up. The participle has been rendered as a finite verb because of the complexity of the syntantic structure of vv 42-43 (for further discussion, see UBSHS [Lk], 146). Cf most English translations.+2:43Lit and having completed the days. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+2:43Lit Jesus the boy. ME. Cf ISV.+2:44In many cultures, trust between extended relatives, neighbors, acquaintances, and even strangers is often much stronger than what Westerners are accustomed to. My family and I have experienced this many times in different parts of the world.+2:44ἡμέρας ( hemeras) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element (cf CJB, NCV, TEV).+2:44Lit they went the journey of a day. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+2:44Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., γ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, ISV.+2:44The presence of ἀνα ( ana) with ζητέω ( zēteō) seems to imply an intense, widespread, and systematic search (see BSL, Lk 2:44; L-N, 27.42).+2:45See note at “everywhere” in v 44 above. The same verb is used here.+2:46IT. Cf NLT.+2:46Cf Ps 84:1-2, 10.+2:48Or astonished. Cf NET.+2:48Lit Your father and I, being distressed terribily, were looking for you. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, TEV.+2:49Lit he.+2:49Or about My Father’s affairs.+2:49ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου ( en tois tou patros mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+2:49με ( me) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give exta focus to this element.+2:49Cf Is 53:2; Hg 2:6-9; Zc 6:9-13; Ml 3:1-4.+2:50Lit Yet they did not understand the statement he spoke to them. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:52Or in stature, or in age. Cf ISV.+3:1Or Tiberius Caesar.+3:1The genitive here is a genitive of subordination. Cf NLT.+3:1Lit the tetrarch. ME(H) (see note at Mt 14:1). So throughout this verse.+3:1The genitive here is a genitive of subordination. Cf NLT.+3:1Lit his.+3:1The genitive here is a genitive of subordination. Cf NLT.+3:1Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος ( Itouraias kai Trachōnitidos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and dashes have been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:1Ἀβιληνῆς ( Abilēnes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:2Cf Gn 15:1; 1 Sm 15:10; 2 Sm 7:4; 1 Ki 6:11; 1 Ki 18:1; Is 38:1; Jr 1:2-4; Ezk 1:3; Jnh 1:1; Hg 1:3.+3:3Lit He went into all the surrounding region of the Jordan. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 159). Cf NEB, NLT.+3:4Or book.+3:4This is a genitive of content (see LSGNT Notes, Lk 3:4, sv λόγων; UBSHS [Lk], 161).+3:4Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+3:4Lit the paths, or your paths. ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 3:3).+3:4εὐθείας ( eutheias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:5The future indicatives in this verse are interpreted as imperatival futures. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, TEV; NET, NLT, TEV at Is 40:4.+3:6Lit all flesh. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 163; FBT Chart, M). Cf CJB, NET, NIV, TEV.+3:6Is 40:3-5+3:7Lit he.+3:7μελλούσης ( mellousēs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed after “wrath” for extra stress.+3:8Or in keeping with repentance. Lit worthy of repentance. See note at Mt 3:8. The same applies here.+3:8πατέρα ( patera) is in P2 (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn; cf LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:8See note at Mt 3:9. The same applies here.+3:8ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ( ek tōn lithōn toutōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Cf NLT.+3:9πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων ( pros tēn rizan tōn dendrōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:9VPR. See VCC (Mt 3:10).+3:9εἰς πῦρ ( eis pur) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:11Conditions are implied in the participles in this verse. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf NCV, NLT.+3:11Lit two tunics. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 3:11).+3:11Lit he.+3:11ὁμοίως ( homoiōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:13μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν ( mēden pleon para to diatetagmenon humin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before this element to give it extra focus. The element has also been rendered with an indefinite article to the same end.+3:13Lit Collect nothing more than what has been ordered to you. ME. Cf ISV, NCV.+3:14Cf CJB, NET, NCV, and TEV.+3:14Lit he.+3:14For the basis of this rendering, see BDAG, 955, sv συκοφαντέω 1, 2; BSL, Lk 3:14; DBL Greek, 5193; UBSHS (Lk), 170.+3:15The participles in this verse have been interpreted as adverbial participles of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NCV.+3:15Lit he.+3:16ὁ Ἰωάννης ( ho Yōannēs) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore the implied response here (ἀπεκρίνατο [ apekrinato] is used) has been used as a spacer to give this element extra stress.+3:16See note at Mt 3:11. The same applies here.+3:16VPR. See VCC (Mt 3:11).+3:16Or in.+3:16ὕδατι ( hudati) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:16Or in.+3:16Cf Is 4:4; 32:15, 44:3; Jl 2:11; Ezk 39:28-29; Ml 3:2, 4:1-6.+3:17Or with. Cf Is 30:27-33, 66:24; Mk 9:43, 48.+3:17Or in/with unquenchable fire. See note at Mt 3:12. Cf Is 30:27-33, 66:24; Mk 9:43, 48; Re 14:9-11, 20:14.+3:18Πολλὰ καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν ( polla kai hetera parakalōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. οὖν ( oun) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+3:18Πολλὰ καὶ ἕτερα ( Polla kai hetera) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to Πολλὰ, while καὶ ἕτερα has placed in clause-final and rendered with a demonstrative pronoun for extra focus.+3:18Or of different kinds. Here, ἕτερα ( hetera) “is referring...to non-specified examples of the same category” ( UBSHS [Lk], 177). On the other hand, see interpretation 2 in ESS (Lk), 135.+3:18Lit he.+3:19Lit the tetrach. ME(H) (see note at Mt 14:1).+3:19Lit by him.+3:19Lit concerning. ME/IT. Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+3:19IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+3:19πονηρῶν ( ponērōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:19Lit Herod.+3:20Lit added this also upon/to all. ME. Cf HCSB, NET, NLT. “All” here refers to the evil deeds mentioned in v 19 (see UBSHS [Lk], 178).+3:20The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+3:21See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf NLT.+3:21καὶ Ἰησοῦ ( kai yēsou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+3:21Or the sky. So throughout this section.+3:22Or upon. See note at Mt 4:16. The same applies here.+3:22φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ( phōnēn ex ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus (with the help of a dummy subject).+3:22Cf Gn 22:2, 16; Is 42:1.+3:23IT. Cf most English translations.+3:23Cf Nu 4:3.+3:23Or the son. In the Scriptures, “son” sometimes means “descendant” (see, eg, L-N, 10.30). Because not all of the men listed in the genealogy are direct offspring, descendant is most likely the primary meaning here. This, of course, does not exclude direct descent.+3:23ME/IT (see, L-N, 10.30).+3:23Or being a son/descendant (so it was thought) of Joseph, the son/descendant of Heli. For a summary and brief discussion of the interpretive options here, see ESS (Lk), 141; Lange, Commentary (Lk), 62; NAC (Lk), 141. The interpretation reflected in the translation is that Luke is giving us Jesus’ genealogy through Mary. The statement could, however, also be interpreted and rendered as reflecting Joseph’s lineage. Though I’m not dogmatic on this point or unaware of the various problems involved with reconciling the genealogies in Luke and Matthew, I prefer the option included in the translation for two reasons. First, Luke traces Jesus’ genealogy back to Adam, once again indicating his concern to show that God’s plan of redemption as spelled out in the covenants includes in its purview the salvation of the entire human race. This theme appears repeatedly in Luke and Acts. Second, the fact that Jesus descended from David through Solomon gives him a legal right to David’s throne; at the same time, the fact that he is descended biologically through Nathan’s line also means that the prophesy spoken against Jeconiah in Jr 22:30 does not apply to Jesus. The FSB’s claim that “both genealogies reflect Joseph’s lineage; the discrepancies are the result of different sources and theological agenda” (see FSB, Lk 3:23-28), is stated with too much certainty and needs to be qualified. While Luke’s choices are surely directed by his theology, what source materials he used is a matter of debate. Furthermore, it is just as easy to conceive Luke’s “theological agenda” as being more clearly expressed by the inclusion of Jesus’ human descent through Mary’s line, rather than his legal descent through Joseph’s line (cf, eg, Lk 1:26-38).+3:24Lit of Matthat. ME/IT (see L-N, 10.30). So throughout this section. “Son/descendent” is implied from v 23.+3:38Lit of Adam, of God. ME (see Gn 1:26, 2:7). “Son/descendent” is implied from v 23. To maintain consistency with the preceding verses would require “Adam, who descended from God.” This is awkward, though, and in Adam’s case obscures the meaning. The meaning is that Adam, as the first human being, was created directly by God.+4:1Or returned.+4:1πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου ( plērēs pneumatos hagiou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:2Cf Ex 24:18.+4:2Or …in the wilderness, being tempted by the devil for forty days.+4:2Lit those days. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+4:2Lit and when they [those days] were completed. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, TEV.+4:3Lit to him.+4:3υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ( huios tou theou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the DFE.+4:3Cf Ex 4:22; Dt 32:6-9; 2 Sm 7; 1 Ch. 17; Ps 2, 89, 132; Is 1:2, 63:16, 64:8; Jr 31:9; Hs 11:1; Ml 2:10; Mt 2:15; Lk 3:38; Jn 1:49; 1 Co 15:45.+4:4This is an imperatival future. Cf HCSB, ISV.+4:4ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ( ep artō monō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed immediately before this element to give it extra focus.+4:4Dt 8:3+4:5Lit He.+4:5IT. Cf ISV, NET, NIV.+4:5Or of the inhabited earth, or of the world, or of mankind.+4:5Lit in a point of time. ME (see L-N, 67.149). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NEB, NET, NIV.+4:6ἅπασαν ( hapasan) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus.+4:6Lit the splendor of them.+4:6σοὶ ( soi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:6ἐμοὶ ( emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:6Cf Dt 32:8-9; 1 Jn 5:19. The NET’s commentary on Dt 32:8 provides some good insight into the historical/theological background most likely being assumed by the devil’s statement here (see NET Bible Notes, Dt 32:8).+4:6ᾧ ἐὰν θέλω ( hō ean thelō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+4:6Cf Re 13:1-2.+4:8Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+4:8See note at “Israel” in the next line.+4:8κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ( kurion ton theon sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been rendered such as to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf the ESV’s use of the cleft-construction at Dt 6:13.+4:8This is an imperatival future. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV.+4:8See note at Mt 4:7. The same applies here.+4:8This is an imperatival future. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV.+4:8αὐτῷ μόνῳ ( autō monō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+4:8Dt 6:13+4:9Lit He.+4:9Lit him.+4:9Or edge, or summit.+4:9υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ( huios tou theou) is in a split position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:9Lit to him.+4:10τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ( tois angelois) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:11See note at Mt 4:6. The same applies here.+4:11See note at Mt 4:6. The same applies here.+4:11Ps 91:11, 12+4:12See note at Mt 4:7.+4:12This is an imperatival future. Cf ISV, LEB, NET, NIV, NLT.+4:12Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+4:12Dt 6:16+4:13Lit him.+4:13Lit had finished every temptation, or had finished every sort of temptation. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+4:13Or until an opportune time, or until another time. Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 195).+4:14φήμη περὶ αὐτοῦ ( phēmē peri autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:14Or throughout the neighboring area, or throughout the countryside.+4:15Or praised, or glorified, or honored. Cf HCSB.+4:16Lit according to that which was customary for him. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:16The direct object is implied here. Cf NLT, TEV.+4:17Or book.+4:17Cf NCV, NLT.+4:18πνεῦμα κυρίου ( pneuma kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion and an emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+4:18Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+4:18Or the weak, or the poor, or the humble, or the afflicted. ME(OTB) (see note at Mt 5:3; LALS, sv πτωχός). In Luke’s gospel, the “poor” is referring to the “pious poor” (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 4:18; UBSHS [Lk], 200). Cf, eg, Ps 34:6 (cf v 6 with v 2), 18; Ps 72:2. Financial pressures in this age are one of God’s means of humbling his people and keeping them dependent on him, in preparation for the age to come (see, eg, Dt 8:3; Php 4:10-13).+4:18ἄφεσιν ( aphesin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:18Or release, or freedom, or liberty.+4:18ἀνάβλεψιν ( anablepsin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:19Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+4:19δεκτόν ( dekon) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+4:19This is a reference to the year of Jubilee (see ESS [Lk], 163; NET Bible Notes, Lk 4:19). Cf Lv 25:10 (cf MT and LXX).+4:19Is 61:1-2. Cf Lv 25:10.+4:20πάντων ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ( pantōn in tēn sunagōgē) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:22πάντες ( pantes) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been postposed and segmented with commas for extra focus.+4:22Cf Ps 45:2.+4:22Cf HCSB.+4:22υἱός Ἰωσὴφ ( huios Yōsēph) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The split element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:22Cf Mt 13:57; Mk 6:3.+4:23Lit He.+4:23IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 206). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+4:23ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ ( hosa ēkousamen genomena eis tēn Kapharnaoum) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore καὶ ( kai) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+4:24IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+4:24δεκτός ( dektos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:24Or accepted.+4:25ἐπʼ ἀληθείας ( ep alētheias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+4:25Koine Greek often uses parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). This clause is in a disjunctive relationship with v 26. Cf most translations at v 26.+4:25Lit days. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+4:25πολλαὶ χῆραι ( pollai chērai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:25ME(F/I)/IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 208). Cf NCV, TEV.+4:25Cf 1 Ki 17:1, 18:1; Jm 5:17.+4:26πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ( pros oudemian autōn) and εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν ( eis Sarepta tēs Sidōnias pros gunaika chēran) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+4:26IT (see L-N, 93.574).+4:26IT. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+4:26Though the noun is anarthrous (ie, lacking the article), it is definite here. Jesus’ listeners were familiar with the story to which Jesus was referring (1 Ki 17:8-24). πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν ( pro gunaika chēran) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and this most likely accounts for the absence of the article.+4:26Cf 1 Ki 17:8-24+4:27πολλοὶ λεπροὶ ( polloi leproi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:27Lit many lepers. ME. Cf NLT, NCV, TEV.+4:27οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ( oudeis autōn) and Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος ( Naiman ho Suros) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to these elements.+4:27IT (see BDAG, 488, sv καθαρίζω 2). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:27Lit Naaman the Syrian. ME. Cf NCV.+4:28ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ( en tē sunagōgē) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been segmented with commas for extra focus.+4:29Lit him.+4:30Lit He.+4:30Lit the middle/midst of them. Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+4:31Lit he.+4:31Lit to teach them. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+4:32Lit because his word was in/with authority. ME. Cf LEB, NCV, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ( en exousia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:33Lit a spirit of an unclean demon. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, NIV, NLT.+4:34Or Leave us alone! Lit What to us and to you? ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 8:29).+4:34Lit Did you come...? or Have you come...? Cf TEV.+4:35Lit to him.+4:35Or after. See note at Mk 1:26. The same applies here.+4:35Lit him.+4:35Lit in the midst. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 216; UBSHS [Mt], 558). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+4:36τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, and to convey the sense of awe and wonder present contextually.+4:36Or this message, or this word.+4:36ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ( en exousia kai dunamei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give this constituent extra focus.+4:37The imperfect in this context indicates progressive spreading.+4:38Lit he.+4:38Lit they asked him concerning her. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV.+4:39Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 220; cf BDAG, 419, sv ἐφίστημι 1; Ibid, 359, sv ἐπάνω 1.b.). Cf ISV, NIV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:40This was a Sabbath (cf Mk 1:21, 29). Healing was forbidden on the Sabbath (see, eg, Mt 12:2, Jn 9:16), and therefore the people had to wait until evening to bring the sick to Jesus.+4:40Lit all as many as had sick ones. This could refer to friends (cf TEV), or relatives (cf NET, NLT), or both. Loved ones covers both possibilities. Hence the translation here.+4:40Lit to him.+4:40τὰς χεῖρας ( tas xeiras) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:41τὸν χριστὸν ( ton christon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:42Lit he.+4:42See note at Lk 2:44. The same applies here with ἐπιζητέω ( epizēteō) (see L-N, 27.42).+4:42Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+4:42Lit came as far as him. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:43Lit he.+4:43καὶ ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν εὐαγγελίσασθαί ( kai tais heterais polesin euangelisasthai) is in P2, with καὶ ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+4:44Or in the synagogues of Judea. ME. In this context, Ἰουδαία ( Youdaia) is being used in a broader sense to refer to “the whole territory inhabited by the Jewish people” ( UBSHS [Lk], 224; cf ANLEX, 205, sv Ἰουδαία 2; BDAG, 478, sv Ἰουδαία 2).+5:1See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:1Lit he.+5:1Lit and. Koine Greek often used parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship was implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., γ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf most English translations.+5:2Lit two boats standing beside the lake. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+5:2Lit from them.+5:2ἀποβάντες ( apobantes) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+5:3Lit which was of Simon. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV.+5:3Lit he.+5:3ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ( apo tēs gēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:3ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου ( ek tou ploiou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:4Lit he.+5:4The second imperative in this verse is in the second person plural. This is signaled for English readers by “you and the other men.” Cf TEV.+5:5The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB.+5:5διʼ ὅλης νυκτὸς ( di holēs nuktos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an extra adjective has been used to give this constituent extra focus and emphasis.+5:5Lit At/because of your word. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:7ἑτέρῳ ( heterō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:7IT. Cf TEV.+5:7Lit they.+5:8Or fell down at Jesus’ knees.+5:8ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός ( anēr hamartōlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:9θάμβος ( thambos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:9Lit because of the catch of fish they had taken. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+5:10Lit and likewise. ME. Cf TEV.+5:10ἀνθρώπους ( anthrōpous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:11Lit they.+5:11VPR. See VCC (Mt 4:20, 22).+5:11Lit followed him. ME(H) (see note at Mt 4:19).+5:12See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf CJB, ISV, TEV.+5:12Lit he.+5:12Lit he.+5:12Lit cleanse. IT (see BDAG, 488, sv καθαρίζω 2). Cf NLT.+5:13Lit he.+5:13Lit left him.+5:14Lit he.+5:14IT. Cf NCV, NLT.+5:14Lit go and show yourself to the priest. ME(OTB) (see Lv 14:1-32). Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Mt], 224). Cf NLT, TEV.+5:14Lit just as Moses commanded. ME. Cf HCSB, NIV.+5:14Cf Lv 14:1-32.+5:14Or as proof, or as a witness, or as a testimony.+5:14Or to them. The dative here has been interpreted as a dative of location. This is reflected in the translation. Cf Lv 14.+5:15The imperfect indicative in this context is signaling progressive action.+5:16Lit He.+5:16“Frequently” is drawn from the imperfective aspect of the verb in this context. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT.+5:16Lit and. Koine Greek often used parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship was implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., γ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+5:17Lit And it happened on one of the days. EFE. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:17Lit he.+5:17δύναμις κυρίου ( kai dunamis kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An emphatic adjective has also been used to give this element extra focus.+5:17IT. CJB, NIV, TEV.+5:18Lit in front of him.+5:19διὰ τῶν κεράμων ( dia tōn keramōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ( emprosthen tou Yēsou) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An adverb has also been used to the same end.+5:20Lit he.+5:21Lit Who is this man...? The rhetorical impact intended by the question here is more effectively conveyed in English with something like “How dare...?” In this context, the question here communicates shock, indignation, and contempt (see ESS [Lk], 200; UBSHS [Mk], 78; UBSHS [Lk], 242). Cf TEV at Mk 2:7.+5:21ἁμαρτίας ( hamartias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:21Lit Who can forgive sins except God alone? ME. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+5:22The direct object is implied here from the context. Cf ISV, HCSB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:24Or know, or realize.+5:24Or on the earth.+5:25Lit he.+5:26ἔκστασις ( ekstasis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:27Lit he.+5:27Lit Follow me. ME(H) (see note at Mt 4:19).+5:27Lit he.+5:28Lit he.+5:29IT. Cf NLT.+5:29Lit him.+5:29Lit and others. Negative connotations are implied from the close connection with “tax-collectors” and from the context. Cf UBSHS (Lk), 249.+5:30Lit The Pharisees and the Torah-expert/scribes of them. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 249). Cf NIV, TEV.+5:30μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ( meta tōn telōnōn kai hamartōlōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a question and an adjective (“such”; cf NLT) have been used to give extra focus to this constituent (and to convey the surprise and contempt present contextually).+5:31οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ( hoi hugiainontes) and οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες ( hoi kakōs echontes) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to these elements. Cf NASB, NCV, NIV.+5:31κακῶς ( kakōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:32Lit came to call/invite, or have come to call/invite. See note at Mt 5:17. Cf TEV at Mk 1:24.+5:32Or invite.+5:32δικαίους ( dikaious) and ἁμαρτωλούς ( hamartōlous) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint in order to give extra focus to these constituents.+5:32Cf CJB.+5:33Lit They. This interpreted as an indefinite plural. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NLT, TEV.+5:33Lit to him.+5:33In this context, the imperfective verbs are signaling regular and customary action.+5:33δεήσεις ( deēseis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:33Lit likewise.+5:33Cf Lk 18:12.+5:33In this context, the imperfective verbs are signaling customary action. Cf NLT.+5:34ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετʼ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ( en hō ho numphios met’ autōn estin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the IT (in Greek, questions that begin with μὴ [ mē] expect a negative answer [see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296]) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:34μετʼ ( met’) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:34In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+5:35Lit days. Here ἡμέραι ( hēmerai) is being used in its generic sense of “time” (see, eg, BDAG, 438, sv 4). Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NIV.+5:35τότε ( tote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:35Lit in those days.+5:36ἐπίβλημα ( epiblēma) and ἀπὸ ἱματίου καινοῦ ( apo himatiou kainou) are in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to ἀπὸ ἱματίου καινοῦ, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to ἐπίβλημα.+5:36Lit If not/otherwise. ME. Cf ESV, ISV, NET, NIV, CJB, RSV, TEV.+5:36σχίσει ( schisei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb and inversion have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:36τῷ παλαιῷ ( tō palaiō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:37Lit If not/otherwise. ME. Cf ESV, ISV, NET, NIV, CJB, RSV.+5:37Lit it.+5:38εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς ( eis askous kainous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:39Lit he says. Grammatically, the verb agrees with “no one.” However, a general principle is being stated here, without reference to a specific subject. Cf CJB, NLT.+5:39χρηστός ( chrēstos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf BDAG, 1090, sv χρηστός 2; NLT.+5:39Or better.+6:1See note at “day” in Lk 1:8.+6:1Lit he.+6:1Lit rubbing them. ME/IT Cf NLT; UBSHS (Lk), 257.+6:4τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ( tous artous tēs protheseōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question and an emphatic adjective (“very”) have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent. Also, the verb in the preceding clause has been subordinated to ensure that primary emphasis lands on the focal element.+6:4Cf Ex 25:30; Lv 24:5-9; 1 Sm 21:6.+6:4Lit which is forbidden for [one] to eat, except…+6:4Cf Lv 24:5-9.+6:5κύριος τοῦ σαββάτου ( kurios tou sabbatou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:6ἑτέρῳ ( heterō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:6See note at “day” in Lk 1:8.+6:6Lit he.+6:6Lit whose right hand was dried up. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.173).+6:7ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ ( en tō sabbatō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:7Lit in order that they might find to accuse him. The context makes it clear that they are looking for grounds on which to bring accusation. Cf CJB, NET, NIV.+6:8Lit He.+6:8Lit knew their thoughts. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV.+6:8Lit stand in the middle. ME (see UBSHS [Mk], 104).+6:8Lit to the man who had the dried up hand. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.173). ξηράν ( xēran) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+6:8Lit He.+6:8Lit got up and stood.+6:9Lit I ask you. ME. Cf NLT.+6:9Lit Which is lawful...? ME(H) (see note at Mt 12:10).+6:9Or to do evil?+6:9σῶσαι ( sōsai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:10Lit said to him.+6:10Lit He.+6:11Lit They. Cf NCV.+6:11Drawing from the NET Bibles Notes in translation here (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 6:11).+6:12Lit Now it happened in these days. EFE (see note at “day” in Lk 1:8). Cf CJB, ISV, NASB, NET.+6:12Lit he.+6:13“For himself” is drawn from the middle voice here. ἐκλέγομαι ( eklegomai) is a true middle (see Wallace, Grammar, 420-1, 430).+6:13ἀποστόλους ( apostolous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:16IT. Cf NCV, NLT.+6:17Lit He.+6:17IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:17Lit with them.+6:17Or stood on, or stationed himself on/at. Cf REB; BDAG, 482, sv ἵστημι B.1.+6:17IT. Cf NET; UBSHS (Lk), 266.+6:17Lit and. Cf NET.+6:18Lit who.+6:19δύναμις ( dunamis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:20Lit He.+6:20Lit lifted up his eyes to. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.34; UBSHS [Lk], 268).+6:20Or you who are weak, or you who are poor, or you who are afflicted, or you who are needy. ME(OTB) (see notes at Mt 5:3 and Lk 4:18).+6:20VPR. See VCC (Mt 5:3).+6:20Cf Dn 7:22.+6:21IT. Cf NLT; UBSHS (Lk), 269.+6:21Lit be satisfied, or be filled. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 462).+6:21Cf Is 25:6-7.+6:21IT. Cf NLT; UBSHS (Lk), 269.+6:21IT. Laugh here carries connotations of rejoicing and gladness and celebration (see UBSHS [Lk], 269).+6:21Cf Ps 126:2.+6:22Cf Jn 9:22, 12:42.+6:22Lit throw out your name. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.396). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NLT.+6:23Lit at/in that day. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 270). Cf CJB, Gdspd, NLT, TEV.+6:23Cf Ac 5:41.+6:23Lit for the reward of [for] you is great in heaven. See note at Mt 5:12. The same applies here. Cf TEV.+6:23Lit According to the same things. ME. Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+6:23οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν ( hoi pateres autōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and thus the clause has been structured in the passive voice so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+6:23Or fathers, or forefathers.+6:24ME/IT (see ANLEX, 287, sv οὐαί 2; DBL Greek, #4026; L-N, 22.9; UBSHS [Re], 141). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:24Or you who are at ease. Lit you who are rich. ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Lk 4:18; LALS, sv πλούσιος). Cf the NCV and TEV renderings of ὅτι ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν ( hoti apechete tēn paraklēsis humōn) in the subordinate clause. The primary issue here isn’t wealth or poverty in themselves, but the kind of heart posture and attitudes that such situations tend to cultivate. Cf, eg, Ps 37, 73; 1 Ti 6:17-19.+6:24IT. Cf CJB, NIV.+6:24Lit have already received your consolation/comfort in full. ME. Cf CJB.+6:24Cf Ps 37, 73.+6:25IT (see note at v 21).+6:25Cf 1 Sm 2:5.+6:25IT (see note at v 21).+6:26ὑμᾶς ( humas) here is functioning as a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT).+6:26Lit all people speak well/favorably/commendably. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 273). Cf NCV, NLT.+6:26Cf Jn 5:41; 1 Th 2:6.+6:26Lit According to the same things. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 273). Cf NLT.+6:26As in v 23 above, οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν ( hoi pateres autōn) is also in a DFE position here (see BART Display), and therefore a passive construction has also been used in translation here in order to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress. “Lavished” was chosen based on the context (see note at “praise” above).+6:26Or fathers, or forefathers.+6:27ὑμῖν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ( humin tois akousin) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore Ἀλλὰ ( alla) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:29A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+6:29IT. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+6:29Lit don’t withhold. ME. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+6:29καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα ( kai ton chitōna) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:30Conditions, again, are implied in this verse.+6:30Or asking you for something, or begging you for something.+6:30Cf Dt 15:7-11.+6:32IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:32ὑμῖν ( humin) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:32καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ( kai hoi hamartōloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:33IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:33ὑμῖν ( humin) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:33καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ( kai hoi hamartōloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:34IT. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+6:34Lit those from who you hope/expect to receive (back). ME/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 6:34). Cf CJB, ISV, NLT, NIV, TEV.+6:34ὑμῖν ( humin) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:34Cf Lk 14:13-14.+6:34καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ( kai hamartōloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been translated ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:34Lit Even sinners lend to sinners in order that they might receive back the same. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT.+6:35Cf TEV. Strong contrast is being signaled here (see UBSHS [Lk], 272).+6:35Or you will be. Here εἰμί ( eimi) is functioning in a way similar to γίνομαι ( ginomai) (which is used in Mt 5:45; cf BDAG, 199, sv γίνομαι 7; Ibid, 285, sv εἰμί 6).+6:35Lit sons.+6:35χρηστός ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς ( chrēstos epi tous acharistous kai ponērous) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:36Or compassionate.+6:36ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ( ho patēr humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:36Cf Ex 34:6-7.+6:37The presence of kai here indicates that this information is to be processed in close association with what precedes (see Runge, Discourse Grammar, 23-7). I have therefore included this verse in the same paragraph.+6:37Or judge.+6:37The direct object is implied from the context. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:37Lit Don’t condemn. ME. Since κρίνω ( krinō) in the previous clause has been translated as “don’t condemn” (to maintain consistency in translation with Mt 7:1), καταδικάζω ( katadikazō) has been translated according to its meaning in this context (cf “be merciful” in v 36, and “forgive” in the next part of this verse). Cf also Jn 8:1-11, where a verdict/judgment of condemnation = the failure to show mercy.+6:38μέτρον καλὸν πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον ( metron kalon pepiesmenon sesaleumenon huperekchunnomenon) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore this element with in the ME (see following note) has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. An adverb and a dash have also been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:38Lit They will give into your lap/bosom a good measure, pressed down, shaken together, running over. ME(I/H/OTB)/IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 280; NET Bible Notes, Lk 6:38). Also, the idiom in the OT often has connotations of repayment (see, eg, Is 65:7; Jr 32:18). The next line (ἀντιμετρέω [ antimetreō] is used there) indicates that such is the case here as well. Cf NLT, TEV.+6:38ᾧ μέτρῳ ( hō metrō) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:38Lit For by which measure you measure it will be measured back to you. ME (see translation and note at Mt 7:1-2).+6:38Cf Mt 6:14, 7:1-4; Rm 2:1-5.+6:39ὁδηγεῖν ( odēgein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:39In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf NCV.+6:39In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf NCV, TEV. εἰς βόθυνον ( eis bothunon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this constituent extra focus and emphasis.+6:40IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 282).+6:40Here εἰμί ( eimi) is functioning in a way similar to γίνομαι ( ginomai) (see note at Mt 10:25). Cf Mt 23:15.+6:40Cf Mt 16:5-11.+6:41Lit see. Connotations of self-righteousness and offense are present in this context. Cf Mt 9:11-12; Lk 7:36-40.+6:41Or pay no attention to.+6:41τὴν δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ ( tēn dokon tēn en tō idiō ophthalmō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. In Greek the article is a weak demonstrative, and here there are clearly negative connotations from the perspective of Jesus.+6:42EFE. For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.β-δ.+6:42The focus in this context is on the ability to see (cf vv 39, 42b). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:42Either τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου δοκὸν ( ten en tō ophthalmō sou dokon) or βλέπων ( blepōn) is focally prominent (see BART Display and LDGNT; Levinsohn favors the direct object as the focally prominent element, but marks the constituent for focal ambiguity). I have thus given a little extra focus to both in translation here (to the verb by means of an adverb [cf TEV], and to the direct object by means of a demonstrative pronoun).+6:42τότε ( tote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+6:42τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ( to karphos to en tō ophthalmō tou adelphou sou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:43In Greek, γὰρ ( gar) is marked for strengthening and support of what precedes (see Runge, Discourse Grammar, 51-4). Here it is interpreted as providing strength and support not only for vv 41-42, but to all of the teachings in vv 27-42. This is reflected in the translation.+6:43Or when. The participles in this verse are interpreted as adverbial participles of condition. This is reflected in the translation.+6:43Or there is not a good tree that produces bad fruit, nor is there a diseased tree that produces bad fruit.+6:44ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ ( ek tou idiou karpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative cleft/forward-pointing device has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:44This is an indefinite plural. For a brief discussion of indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3.+6:44ἐξ ἀκανθῶν ( ex akanthōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:44σταφυλὴν ( stapulēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:44This, too, is an indefinite plural. For a brief discussion of indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3.+6:44ἐκ βάτου ( ek batou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:45ἀγαθοῦ ( agathou) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:45Lit out of the good storehouse of the heart. ME. Cf NIV.+6:45Cf Pr 4:23.+6:45ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ( ek tou ponērou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:45“Storehouse” is implied here. Cf NCV, NIV.+6:45ἐκ περισσεύματος καρδίας ( ek tou perisseumatos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+6:46Lit Why do you…? EFE/ME. “ Why here gives the rhetorical question the meaning of ‘it has no sense that…’.” (see UBSHS [Lk], 287). Cf BDAG, 1007, sv τίς, 1.β., 2, 3.+6:46τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus a cleft and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see preceding note).+6:47Or words, or sayings.+6:47Or does, or practices, or observes, or acts on. So throughout this section. Cf NCV, TEV.+6:48Lit who dug and went deep. This is an example of hendiadys (see UBSHS [Lk], 288). Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+6:48πλημμύρης ( plēmmurēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:49A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:49The direct object is implied from the context. Cf CJB, ISV, LEB, NIV, TEV.+6:49IT. Cf NLT. The surface area of the ground, in contrast to the bedrock “down deep” (cf v 48), is what is meant here.+6:49Lit against which [house] the torrent struck, and immediately… ME. Cf CJB, NIV.+7:1Lit he.+7:1Lit had finished all his words in the ear/hearing of the people. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 291).+7:2Lit a certain centurion. ME(H) (see note at Mt 8:5).+7:2κακῶς ( kakōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:2Lit who.+7:3Lit he.+7:4Lit they.+7:4ἄξιός ( axios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+7:4Lit He is worthy to whom you will cause/grant this. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:5Or our nation.+7:5αὐτὸς ( autos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the clause has been rendered so as to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf ESV, NASB, NRSV.+7:5The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+7:5Cf Gn 12:3.+7:6μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας ( makran apo tēs oikias) is in a split position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+7:6This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+7:6ἱκανός ( hikanos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:6Lit under my roof. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV. ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου ( hupo tēn stegēn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME.+7:6Cf Jn 4:9, 18:28; Ac 10:28, 11:1-3; Ga 2:12.+7:7ἐλθεῖν ( elthein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:7Lit consider myself appropriate/fit/worthy to come to you. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, ISV, NET, NRSV, RSV. ἐμαυτὸν ( emauton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this information within the ME has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (cf CJB, NCV).+7:7This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+7:7Lit say a word. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+7:8ἄνθρωπός ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν ( anthrōpos hupo exousian) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the DFE.+7:8Lit under myself. ME. Cf NCV.+7:9Lit amazed at him.+7:9οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ( oude en tō Israēl) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὐδὲ ( oude) has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this element.+7:9τοσαύτην πίστιν ( tosautēn pistin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:11See note at “day” in Lk 1:8.+7:11Lit he.+7:11Lit and his disciples and a large crowd were going along with him. ME. Cf CJB, TEV.+7:12Lit She.+7:12ἱκανὸς ( hikanos) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:12Lit crowd. ME(H)/IT (see HNTC [Lk], 105). Cf TEV.+7:12ὄχλος τῆς πόλεως ἱκανὸς ( ochlos tēs poleōs hikanos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+7:13Lit saw her.+7:13Or he was moved with compassion for her. Lit he was moved in the inward parts for her. ME(I/F) (see DBL Greek, #5072). Cf NIV.+7:13Cf ISV; NEB. This rendering of the present imperative is based on the context.+7:14Or get up, or arise.+7:14Cf Mt 9:24; Mk 5:41; Jn 11:11; 1 Th 4:15; Eph 5:14.+7:15Lit he.+7:16Or and they began glorifying.+7:16προφήτης μέγας ( prophētēs megas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+7:17Lit about him.+7:17Or throughout the surrounding countryside, or throughout the neighboring territory. Cf UBSHS (Lk), 302. Cf also Lk 4:37, where a city, rather than a region, is the center point.+7:19Lit sent [them] to the Lord, saying. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:19σὺ ( su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:19This is most likely an allusion to Ml 3:1-4. See note at Mt 11:3. The same applies here.+7:19ἄλλον ( allon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:20Lit came to him.+7:20σὺ ( su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:20ἄλλον (allon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:21Lit In/at that hour. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 304). Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:21Lit he.+7:21τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ( tuphlois pollois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:22IT. An acquired ability is implied in this context (see UBSHS [Mt], 321). Cf NCV, TEV.+7:22Lit cleansed. IT (see BDAG, 488, sv καθαρίζω 2).+7:22Or the weak, or the poor, or the humble, or the afflicted. ME(OTB) (see notes at Mt 5:3 and Lk 4:18).+7:22These are allusions to Is 35:5-6 and 61:1 (LXX). Cf Lk 4:18; Jm 2:5.+7:23Lit and, or also. IT. What follows is a second part to the message. Cf NLT.+7:23Or fall away, or take offense. This may be an allusion to Is 8:14 (following a string of other allusions to Isaiah). Cf Ps 118:22; Is 28:16; Rm 9:33; 1 Pe 2:6-8.+7:24Lit he.+7:24ὑπὸ ἀνέμου ( hupo anemou) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:25ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ( en malakois himatiois) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+7:25ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ( en tois basileiois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:25ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ καὶ τρυφῇ ( en himatismō endoxō kai truphē) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+7:27Lit before your face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 67.19).+7:27Ml 3:1+7:28Although “greater than John among those born of women” is functioning here as a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT), it is nearly impossible to bring this over into English even semi-naturally (ah, languages!). Cf LEB.+7:28Lit among those born of women. ME(I/F) (see UBSHS [Mt], 326). Cf NLT, TEV. ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ( en gennētois gunaikōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+7:28ὁ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ ( ho mikroteros en tē basileia tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:28Or least.+7:28Cf Is 60:21-22.+7:29Or especially, or including.+7:29Cf the parallelisms and themes in Ps Sol 2:16, 3:3-5, 4:9, 8:7, 8:27-40, and 9:3, where God is the object of δικαιόω ( dikaioō). Note also that the judgments “vindicated” include judgments/decisions of all sorts: decisions to give mercy and salvation, to administer discipline or punishment, etc. For examples of “justifying” (or failing to “justify”) God, see Ex 9:27; Dt 32:4; 1 Ch 16:8ff; Ezr 9:15; Ps 36:6, 48:11 (note God’s decision to “save” man and beast), 116:5, 145:17; Ezk 18:25-29, 33:17-20; Dn 4:37; Ho 14:9; Re 16:5-7, 19:2. That God’s judgments are in view here is confirmed contextually (note the presence of βουλή in v 30).+7:29The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB; UBSHS (Lk), 310.+7:29Lit being baptized with the baptism of John. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:30τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ( tēn boulēn tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+7:30Or plan, or purpose, or decision, or counsel.+7:30Or for themselves, or with reference to themselves.+7:30The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB; UBSHS (Lk), 310.+7:30Or ( All the people, when they heard this, declared that God’s judgments are just, for they had been baptized by John. The Pharisees and the Torah-experts, however, had rejected the will of God concerning themselves, for they had not been baptized by him.) Vv 29-30 can be interpreted as part of Jesus’ own words, or as a parenthetical comment made by Luke (see ESS [Lk], 307; UBSHS [Lk], 310-11).+7:32ἐν ἀγορᾷ ( en agora) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:32Lit played the flute. ME(H) (see note at Mt 11:17).+7:32Lit sang a dirge. ME(H) (see note at Mt 11:17).+7:33Drawing from BDAG in the translation of ἔρχομαι ( erchomai) here (see BDAG, 394, sv 1.b.).+7:33Lit John the Baptizer has come neither eating bread nor drinking wine. ME(OTB/H) (see note at Mt 11:18).+7:33IT. A result/response is implied here (cf BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.ζ.; UBSHS [Mt], 333). Cf CJB, NCV at Mt 11:18.+7:33δαιμόνιον ( daimonion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:34Lit The Son of Man has come eating and drinking. See note at v 33 above.+7:34See note at “response” in v 33 above. The same applies here.+7:35Here “wisdom” is being personified. Cf, eg, Pr 1:20, 8:1. Cf also Mt 23:34 and Lk 11:49.+7:35Cf Pr 2:20, 5:7, 7:24, 8:1, 32; Mt 11:19, 23:34; Lk 11:49.+7:36Lit him.+7:36τῶν Φαρισαίων ( tōn pharisaiōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+7:36Lit he.+7:37Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+7:37ἁμαρτωλός ( hamartōlos) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). The element has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+7:37Lit Behold, a woman who was in the town a sinner. ME. Cf NASB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:37Lit he.+7:37The participle here and in v 38 have been rendered as finite verbs because of the length and complexity of this sentence. Most English translations at least translate the first participle as a finite verb.+7:38ἵστημι ( histēmi) in this context means to “come up in the presence of others” ( BDAG, 482, sv B.2.; cf UBSHS [Lk], 318). Since Jesus was reclining, and since the woman is close enough to Jesus’ feet to touch them with her hair and kiss them, the woman is most likely kneeling. Cf ISV, NLT.+7:38Lit him.+7:38Lit and was/began wiping. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf the HCSB and NCV renderings of “kissing and anointing” (parataxis is used in the Greek text there as well).+7:38Lit with the hairs of her head. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, TEV. ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς ( tais thrixin tēs kephlēs autēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+7:38Or began.+7:39ἁμαρτωλός ( hamartōlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:40εἰπεῖν ( eipein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:41δύο χρεοφειλέται ( duo chreopheiletai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:41IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:41Lit five hundred denarii. ME(H) (see note at Mt 18:24; NET Bible Notes, Lk 7:41).+7:41Lit fifty [denarii]. ME(H) (see note at Mt 18:24).+7:42Lit When they. Cf NIV, TEV.+7:42Either ἀμφοτέροις ( amphoterois) or ἐχαρίσατο ( amphoterois) is focally prominent (see BART Display and LDGNT; Levinsohn favors “both” as the focal element, while Runge favors the verb). I have used inversion here to give extra focus to both elements.+7:42Lit Which of them.+7:42Lit him.+7:42πλεῖον ( pleion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:43τὸ πλεῖον ( to pleion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:43ὀρθῶς ( orthōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:43Lit he.+7:44τῷ Σίμωνι ( tō Simōni) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:44ME/IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 322).+7:44IT. An adversative relationship to the previous clause is clearly implied here.+7:44ὕδωρ ἐπὶ πόδας ( hudōr epi podas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle and a degree adverbial have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element (and, per the suggestion of the UBSHS [see UBSHS [Lk], 322], to make the reprimand more explicit).+7:44τοῖς δάκρυσιν ( tois dakrusin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:44ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ( tais thrixin autēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:45Lit gave. ME/IT (see L-N, 34.62). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+7:45φίλημά ( philēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). The same device has been used here as was used with “water for my feet” above (see translation and note there).+7:46τὴν κεφαλήν μου ( tēn kephalēn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle and an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:46ἐλαίῳ ( elaiō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). A device similar to that which was used with “water for my feet” above (see translation and note there) has also been used here.+7:46μύρῳ ( murō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an amplifier has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:47Lit as evidenced by the fact that she loved much. Following the evidentiary interpretation of ὅτι ( hoti) in translation here (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 7:47; UBSHS [Lk], 324). Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+7:47ὀλίγον ( oligon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf NCV.+7:47ὀλίγον ( oligon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:48Lit to her.+7:49Or among.+7:49τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this element, and to convey the surprise/shock present in this context.+7:49ἁμαρτίας ( hamartias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:49Lit Who is this man who forgives even sins? ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 325). Cf NLT.+7:50ἡ πίστις σου ( hē pistis sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element (in Greek, the article is a weak demonstrative).+8:1Lit And it happened in the order. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+8:1Lit he.+8:1οἱ δώδεκα ( hoi dōdeka) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:2δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ( daimonia hepta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+8:3Lit who. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV.+8:3Lit providing for them, or ministering to them. “Them” here is referring to Jesus and the Twelve. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+8:4Lit to him.+8:4κατὰ πόλιν ( kata polin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:5Lit the birds of the sky. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 809, sv πετεινόν; NET Bible Notes, Mt 13:32). Cf NET.+8:7IT (see note at Mt 13:7).+8:8Lit He who has ears to hear, let him hear. ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 11:15).+8:9Lit him.+8:9τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:9Lit what this parable might be. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 331). Cf most English translations.+8:10Lit To you it has been entrusted/granted/given to understand the mysteries.+8:10Cf Dn 2:17-47, 4:9; Rm 11:25, 16:25; 1 Co 4:1-2, 13:2, 14:2, 15:51; Eph 1:9, 3:3-9, 5:32, 6:19; Col 1:26-27, 2:2, 4:3; 1 Ti 3:9, 16; Re 1:20, 10:7, 17:5.+8:10The participles in this verse are interpreted as adverbial participles of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+8:10Is 6:9+8:11Lit The parable is this. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:11In this context, εἰμί ( eimi) means to “mean” or “represent” (see BDAG, 283, sv 2.c.). Cf NLT.+8:11Or word, or teaching. So throughout this section.+8:12Lit lest having believed they be saved. ME. Cf CJB, TEV.+8:13IT. Cf NCV.+8:13μετὰ χαρᾶς ( meta charas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:13Lit root they do not have. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+8:13Lit who.+8:13πρὸς καιρὸν ( pros kairon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf TEV.+8:13Or temptation.+8:13Lit in a time of testing. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+8:13Cf Job 1-2; Ps 31:15; Jm 5:11.+8:14εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας ( eis tas akanthas) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb and dashes have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:14ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου ( hupo merimnōn kai ploutou kai hēdonōn tou biou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:15IT. NCV.+8:15καλῇ ( kalē) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:15ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ ( en kardia kalē kai agathē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb been used to give extra focus to this element. The clause has also been structured to the same end.+8:15Lit in/by/with patient endurance. Cf HCSB, ISV, NIV.+8:15Cf Rm 5:1-5; Jm 5:7-11.+8:16λύχνον ( luchnon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:16ὑποκάτω κλίνης ( hupokatō klinēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb and colon have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:16ἐπὶ λυχνίας ( epi luchnias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:17φανερὸν ( phaneron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus to this element (which has been incorporated into the verb in translation; cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV).+8:17IT. Cf NLT.+8:17εἰς φανερὸν ( eis phaneron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:17Cf Dt 29:29; Pr 25:2; Dn 2:21-22.+8:18Lit Therefore, see how you hear/listen. ME (see BDAG, 179, sv βλέπω 4, 6; L-N, 31.56). Cf NET.+8:18Lit For he who has, it will be given/granted/entrusted to him. ME (see translation and notes at Mt 13:12).+8:18Cf Dn 1:17, 2:20-23, 7:15-16, 8:15-16, 9:20-23; Mt 13:11-12, 13:52, 25:29; Eph 1:7-9, 16-18.+8:18καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ( kai ho dokei echein) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:18Lit and he who does not have, even what he thinks he has. ME (see translation and notes at Mt 13:12).+8:18Cf Is 5:13; Ho 4:4-6, 6:7-10; Mic 3:9-12; Zp 3:4; Mal 2:7-9; Mt 21:33-46; Rm 11:7-15, 25.+8:19Lit his.+8:19IT. CJB, NCV, NLT, and NIV.+8:20ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ σου ( hē mētēr sou kai hoi adelphoi sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element.+8:20ἰδεῖν (idein) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:21Lit he.+8:21οὗτοί ( houtoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:21Or do, or put into practice.+8:21τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ( ton logon tou theou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity; cf LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:22Lit Now it happened on one of the days. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf most English translations.+8:22Lit he.+8:23Lit he.+8:23Lit and they were filling with water, or and they were being swamped. ME/IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:24Lit They.+8:24IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+8:24Lit He.+8:25Lit They.+8:25τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:25καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι ( kai tois anemois epitassei kai tō hudati) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf most modern English translations.+8:25Lit and the water. Cf HCSB, NLT, TEV.+8:25Cf Gn 1:9, 8:1-5; Jb 38:11; Ps 18:15, 89:9, 93:4, 102:5-7, 106:9, 107:29; Jr 5:22.+8:27Lit he.+8:27Following the NIV and TEV in translation here. Cf the translation and notes at Mt 8:28 and Mk 5:2.+8:27Lit he.+8:27ἐν οἰκίᾳ ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν ( en oikia all’ en tois mnēmasin) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and constitutes a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:27See note at Mt 8:28. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+8:28Or Leave me alone! Lit What to me and to you? ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 8:29).+8:28φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ( phōnē megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:28The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Also, βασανίσῃς ( basanisēs) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Translating the verb causatively here has the added benefit of allowing the verb to land in clause-final.+8:28Or tormented, or tortured. Cf TEV.+8:29IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+8:29Lit he.+8:29Following the NET in translation here (which follows the imperfect reading here; for discussion, see NET Bible Notes, Lk 8:29).+8:29Lit It.+8:29Lit him.+8:29πολλοῖς χρόνοις ( pollois chronois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:29A concessive/adversative relationship with “break the restraints” is implied here. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+8:29Lit he.+8:30τί ὄνομά ( ti onoma) is in P2, with ὄνομά in a split position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the split element.+8:31Lit they.+8:31Lit him.+8:31Lit that he might not command them to depart to. ME. Cf HCSB.+8:31εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ( eis tēn abusson) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:32Lit They.+8:32Lit with him.+8:32Lit into those. εἰς ἐκείνους ( eis ekinous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:34The direct object is implied from the context. Cf most English translations.+8:35Lit they.+8:35καθήμενον ( kathēmenon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus.+8:36The direct object is implied from the context. Cf, eg, NET, NLT.+8:36Lit them.+8:36Or saved, or healed.+8:37Lit him.+8:37φόβῳ μεγάλῳ ( phobō megalō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:37Lit He.+8:38Lit him.+8:39IT. Cf NCV, NLT.+8:39Lit he.+8:39καθʼ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ( kath holēn tēn polin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:41ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ( archōn tēs sunagōgēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the anarthrous constituent within this element.+8:41Or began pleading.+8:42θυγάτηρ μονογενὴς ὡς ἐτῶν δώδεκα ( thugatēr monogenēs hōs etōn dōdeka) is in a split focal position P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:42Lit because there was to him an only daughter, about twelve years, and she was dying. ME. Cf ISV, NIV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+8:42Following Stern in translation here (see CJB), to help set the stage for the introduction of the “woman” with a dummy clause in v 43. A spacer has been used make sure that the switch in topics isn’t lost in the process.+8:42See preceding note.+8:43γυνὴ ( gunē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus (with the help of dummy subject). An indefinite adjective has also been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:43Lit who had been in a flow of blood. ME(OTB) (see note at Mt 9:20). Cf Lv 15:25-30.+8:43Many manuscripts have another clause here: “having spent all her money on doctors” (NET). For further discussion, see NET Bible Notes, Lk 8:43.+8:43Lit who was not able to be healed from no one. ME. Cf NCV, ISV, TEV.+8:44Lit the tassel. ME(OTB) (see note at Mt 9:20). Cf Nu 15:37-41; Dt 22:12.+8:44Lit his.+8:44Lit her flow of blood. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:44παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:45οἱ ὄχλοι ( hoi ochloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:46Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+8:46δύναμιν ( dunamin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:47τρέμουσα ( tremousa) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:47Lit on account of which reason. διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν ἥψατο αὐτοῦ καὶ ὡς ἰάθη παραχρῆμα ( di’ hēn aitian hēpsato autou kai hōs yathē parachrēma) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:48Lit he.+8:48ἡ πίστις σου ( hē pistis sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus a near demonstrative (in Greek, the article is a weak demonstrative) has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:49Lit No longer bother. Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 359). Cf NLT.+8:50Lit answered him. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+8:50Or Just trust, or Just believe.+8:50Or healed, or delivered.+8:51Lit he.+8:51Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς καὶ τὴν μητέρα ( Petron kai Yōannēn kai Yakōbon kai ton patera tēs paidos kai tēn mētera) is in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore a colon and demonstrative pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:52Cf NIV.+8:52IT. Cf TEV.+8:52Lit for her. Cf NCV, TEV.+8:52Lit he.+8:52IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+8:53Lit she.+8:54Lit He.+8:54Lit her.+8:54Or get up, or arise.+8:55Lit her.+8:55Or breath, or life.+8:55Lit he.+8:56Lit Her.+8:56Lit he.+9:1Lit he.+9:1Here πάντα ( panta) is interpreted as signaling different categories and classes (cf Mk 9:29). This is reflected in the translation. Cf BDAG, 784, sv πᾶς 5; L-N, 58.28; UBSHS (Lk), 363.+9:1Cf Mk 9:29.+9:1IT. Cf HCSB, NCV. The infinitive that follows goes with “power and authority.”+9:1νόσους ( nosous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:3δύο χιτῶνας ( duo chitōnas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+9:3Lit two tunics, or two inner garments. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, TEV.+9:4Or house, or household.+9:4Lit there, or in that place. ME. Cf NLT, TEV.+9:4μένετε ( menete) and ἐξέρχεσθε ( exerchesthe) are in a DFE position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and have therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+9:5A condition is implied here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+9:5Lit And as many as. IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV. Both people and a place are implied here.+9:5τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ( ton koniorton apo tōn podōn humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:6Lit they.+9:6IT. ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+9:7Lit the tetrarch. ME(H) (see notes at Mt 14:1, Lk 3:1).+9:7πάντα ( panta) is in an embedded focal position (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:7Lit because of the to be being said by some. ME. Cf HCSB, NET, NIV, NLT.+9:7Ἰωάννης ( Yōannēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:8Ἠλίας ( elias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:8προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ( prophētēs tis tōn archaiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+9:9Or kept trying.+9:9Lit to see him.+9:10Lit him.+9:10Lit according to that which is private. ME(I/F) (see note at Mk 4:10).+9:11Lit he.+9:11καὶ τοὺς χρείαν ἔχοντας θεραπείας ( kai tous chreian echontas therapeias) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+9:12IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+9:12This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+9:12ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ ( en erēmō topō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:13Lit he.+9:13IT. Cf NLT.+9:13Lit we have no more than. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:14IT. The location is implied here. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:14Lit them. Cf NCV, TEV.+9:14πεντήκοντα ( pentēkonta) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore ἀνὰ ( ana) has been left implicit in translation in order to allow “fifty” to land in clause-final for extra stress. Cf ISV.+9:14Lit he.+9:15Lit And they did thus. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+9:16ME(H)/IT. The “loaves” were not long like those in supermarkets today, but were small and round (one person might normally eat three during a meal). Five loaves might have been enough for two people (see L-N, 5.8; UBSHS [Mt], 460).+9:16Or pickled. ME(H)/IT. The fish were not raw, but were cooked or pickled (see UBSHS [Mt], 460; UBSHS [Mk], 205).+9:16Lit he.+9:16Or heaven.+9:16Or asked God’s blessing upon them. Lit blessed them. ME (see note at Mt 14:19).+9:17Lit And all ate and were satisfied. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 462). Cf CJB, NLT.+9:17Lit And what was left by them was taken up/removed/carried. Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Mk], 210). In this context, “took up/removed” doesn’t mean “picked up off the ground,” but that the people put the leftovers in the baskets as the disciples went around with them, or possibly as people brought the leftovers back to the disciples, or both.+9:17κόφινοι δώδεκα ( kophinoi dōdeka) is in an embedd focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:18Lit And it happened that. EFE. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf ISV, NCV, TEV.+9:18Lit he.+9:18Lit according to that which is alone/private. ME (see note at Mk 4:10). The context indicates that “private” or “alone” here means “away from the crowd,” not “all by himself” (since others are obviously with him).+9:18τίνα ( tina) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:19IT. Cf ISV, NIV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:19προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ( prophētēs tis tōn archaiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+9:20In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf the NIV and TEV here, at Mt 16:15, and at Mk 8:29.+9:20“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” and the context.+9:20τίνα ( tina) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:21Lit he.+9:22See note at Mt 16:21. The same applies here.+9:22πολλὰ ( polla) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give this constituent extra focus and emphasis.+9:22Cf Ps 22; Is 53.+9:22See note at Mt 21:42. The same applies here.+9:22Ps 118:22+9:22Cf Ex 12:1-28; Lv 23:4-8; Dt 16:1-8; Jn 19:36; 1 Co 5:7.+9:22Cf Lv 23:9-14; 1 Co 15:4, 20.+9:23ὀπίσω μου ( opisō mou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+9:23Lit come after me. ME(H) (see notes at Mt 4:19, 10:38, and 16:24).+9:23Cf 1 Co 15:31.+9:23Cf Jn 6:66.+9:24A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+9:24Or wants, or intends, or purposes.+9:24σῶσαι ( sōsai) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:24A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+9:24See note at Mt 16:25. The same applies here.+9:24Or for.+9:25Lit What is a person going to be profited/benefited...? See note at Mt 16:26. The same applies here.+9:25ME/IT. Here, κόσμος ( kosmos) means “the sum total of earthly riches” (see BDAG, 541, sv κερδαίνω 1.a.; UBSHS [Mk], 267).+9:25Or suffers the loss of.+9:25ἑαυτὸν ( hauton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf NIV.+9:26A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+9:26See note at Mk 8:38. The same applies here.+9:26ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ( ho huios tou anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:26Cf Is 40:5; Jr 3:17, 17:12; Ezk 1:26-28, 3:12-13, 3:23; Dn 7:13-14.+9:26Cf Mt 13:41.+9:27αὐτοῦ ( autou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:27See note at Mt 16:28. The same applies here.+9:27Cf Is 4:4:2-6, 60:1; Dn 2:34-35, 2:44-45, 7:21-22; 1 Co 4:20; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Pe 1:16-20.+9:28Lit After these words about eight days. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+9:30ἄνδρες δύο ( andres duo) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+9:31IT (see BDAG, 327, sv ἐν 2.a.).+9:31Or his departure, or his death. Something more than a euphemism for death may be in view here (cf Ex 19:1, Nu 33:38, 1 Ki 6:1, Ps 104:38 [105:38 in the MT], Ps 113:1 [114:1 in the MT] in the LXX, and Heb 11:22. Cf also Is 42:1-17, 43:3-6, 48:16-21). On the other hand, see 2 Pt 1:15, where “exodus/departure” is clearly a euphemism for death (cf L-N, 23.101; UBSHS [Lk], 382).+9:31Or fulfill, or carry out.+9:32Lit were weighed down with sleep, or were burdened by sleep. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.71). Cf CJB, TEV.+9:32Cf 2 Pe 1:16.+9:33Lit As they were leaving him.+9:33καλόν ( kalon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft and an adverb have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:33ὧδε ( hōde) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:33Cf Lv 23:42.+9:34Cf Ex 13:21-22, 14:19-24, 19:16-18, 20:18, 24:15-18, 33:9-10, 40:28-29; 2 Ch 7:1; Dt 4:33, 5:24-26; Is 4:2-6; Ezk 1:4-6, 25-28; Mt 17:5.+9:34Lit they.+9:35φωνὴ ( phōnē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+9:35Cf Is 42:1, 49:7.+9:35ἀκούετε ( akouete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+9:35Lit Hear him. ME (see L-N, 36.14).+9:35Cf Jn 5:45-46; Ac 3:22-23.+9:36Lit And in the voice to have happened. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:36Lit Jesus was found alone. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 385). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:36Lit They.+9:36IT. Cf TEV.+9:36Lit in those days. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NIV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:37Lit when they.+9:37Lit a large crowd met him. Following the structuring of the NIV and TEV at Lk 8:27 in translation here.+9:38Lit look upon. ME (see ANLEX, 162, sv ἐπιβλέπω 1).+9:38μονογενής ( monogenēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:39πνεῦμα ( pneuma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:39ἐξαίφνης ( exaiphnēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+9:39Lit and it throws him into convulsions with foaming. ME. Cf NET.+9:42Lit he.+9:43Lit he.+9:44“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+9:44Lit Put you these words into your ears. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 24.64, 29.5). Cf ISV, NIV, NLT.+9:45Lit they.+9:45Lit But they didn’t understand this statement. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT.+9:45Lit grasp it.+9:45Cf Mk 6:52; 1 Co 2:6-10.+9:46Lit among them.+9:47Lit knowing the thought of their hearts. ME. Cf NCV, TEV.+9:47IT (see UBSHS [Mk], 295).+9:48Lit in my name. ME (see notes at Mt 10:41).+9:48ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic personal pronoun and is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:48An actual situation beyond what is immediately apparent to the person who welcomes is implied in this context.+9:48A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+9:48ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic personal pronoun and is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:48μικρότερος ( mikroteros) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and emphasis.+9:48οὗτός ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative cleft (a near demonstrative is used in the Greek text) has been used to give extra focus to the referent of this element.+9:48VPR. See VCC (Mt 18:1, 3).+9:49ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ( en tō onomati sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:49Lit is not accompanying us. ME (see note at Mt 4:19; UBSHS [Mk], 297). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:50ὑπὲρ ( huper) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:51Lit the days. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:51Lit In the to be drawing near the days of his being taken up. ME. Cf most English translations.+9:51Lit he set his face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 30.80).+9:51Cf Jn 11:8-10.+9:52Lit before his face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 67.19). Cf most English translations.+9:53Lit but they.+9:53Lit his face was going. ME(I/F). Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET.+9:54Or from the sky.+9:54Lit and. Koine Greek often used parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship was implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., γ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:54Cf 2 Ki 1:9-14.+9:55Lit he.+9:55Some manuscripts add: “And he said, ‘You do not know what manner of spirit you are of; for the Son of Man came not to destroy people’s lives but to save them’ ” (ESV).+9:55Cf 2 Pt 3:9.+9:56ἑτέραν ( heteran) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:58φωλεοὺς ( phōleous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:58Lit the birds of the sky. ME (see BDAG, 809, sv πετεινόν; NET Bible Notes, Mt 13:32). Cf NET at Mt 13:32.+9:58See note at Mt 8:20. The same applies here.+9:58ποῦ ( pou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:58Lit has no place to lay his head. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.83). Cf TEV.+9:58Cf 1 Co 4:11; Heb 11:9-10.+9:59Lit Follow me. ME(H) (see note at Mt 4:19).+9:59Lit he.+9:59This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+9:60ἑαυτῶν ( heautōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a possessive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf most English translations.+9:60Lit he.+9:62εὔθετός ( euthetos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. The negative particle has also been grouped with this element to the same end (cf TEV).+10:1Other manuscripts read seventy. For further discussion, see NET Bible Notes, LK 10:1.+10:2ἐργάτας ( ergatas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:3Lit Go. Behold…. ME. Cf CJB, NCV.+10:4κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ( mēdena kata tēn hodon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:4Lit Greet no one along the way. ME(H/OTB) (see ESS [Lk], 451; NET Bible Notes, Mt 23:7; UBSHS [Lk], 403). Cf 2 Ki 4:29. In certain cultures, greetings can take a very long time, and among first century Jews, were often quite elaborate. The point here is the urgency of the mission. Following the lead of the NET Bible at 2 Ki 4:29 in translation here. Cf CEV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+10:5Or house, or household. So throughout this section. οἰκίαν ( oikian) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:5πρῶτον ( prōton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been postposed and segmented with commas for extra focus.+10:6Lit there, or in/at that place.+10:6Lit son.+10:6Or And if a person of peace is there.+10:6Cf 1 Sm 16:4-5.+10:6ἀνακάμψει ( anakampsei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:6Cf 2 Ki 2:23-25.+10:7ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ οἰκίᾳ ( en autē tē oikia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:7ἄξιος τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ ( axios tou misthou autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb and inversion have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+10:8Lit and they.+10:9Lit in it.+10:9ἀσθενεῖς ( astheneis) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:9Lit say to them. This is referring not just to the sick, but to all the people in the town (see UBSHS [Lk], 405). Cf TEV.+10:9VPR. See VCC (Mt 3:1).+10:10Lit they.+10:10Lit go into its.+10:11καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ( kai ton koniorton ton kollēthenta hēmin ek tēs poleōs humōn eis tous podas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+10:11VPR. See VCC (Mt 3:1).+10:12Σοδόμοις ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἀνεκτότερον ( Sodomois en tē hēmera ekeinē anektoteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with Σοδόμοις in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). Adverbs have thus been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:12Cf Mt 10:15.+10:13ME/IT (see ANLEX, 287, sv οὐαί 2; DBL Greek, #4026; L-N, 22.9; UBSHS [Re], 141). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+10:13ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ( en Turō kai Sidōni) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:13ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι ( en sakkō kai spodō kathēmenoi) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), with ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ ( en sakkō kai spodō) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). An adverbial phrase/amplifier has been used to give extra focus to the embedded element.+10:14ἀνεκτότερον ( anektoteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:14Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἢ ὑμῖν ( Turō kai Sidōni ē humin) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:15In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15.+10:15Or to heaven. ἕως οὐρανοῦ ( heōs ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:15In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf CJB, HCSB, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+10:15ἕως τοῦ ᾅδου ( heōs tou Hadou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+10:15Lit Hades. ME(OTB) (see NET Bible Notes, Mt 11:22). In the LXX, the word ᾅδης ( Hadēs) is used to translate the Hebrew word “Sheol” (see, eg, Ps 6:5, 9:17).+10:16A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+10:16An actual situation beyond what is immediately apparent to the listener is implied here.+10:16ἐμοῦ ( emou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:16A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+10:16ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic personal pronoun and is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:16A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+10:16ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic personal pronoun and is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT) and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:17Other manuscripts read seventy. For further discussion, see NET Bible Notes, LK 10:1.+10:17καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ( kai ta daimonia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:18ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( hōs astrapēn ek tou ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ὡς ἀστραπὴν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The embededded focal element has been has been placed in clause-final for primary stress.+10:18Lit he.+10:19Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+10:19Or and scorpions, and [authority] over.+10:19Or host, or power. In the LXX, δύναμις ( dunamis) is often used to translate “army/host” (see; LALS, sv; cf DBL Greek, 1539.7).+10:19Cf Rm 8:37-39; Eph 6:10-20.+10:19This is an οὐ μὴ ( ou mē) + aorist subjunctive construction, which is the strongest and most emphatic form of negation in Koine Greek (see Black, Grammar, 180; Mounce, Grammar, 316; NET Bible Notes, Re 3:3). Also, ἀδικήσῃ ( adikēsē) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have therefore been used to emphasize the negation, while “harm” has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+10:19Or and nothing will harm you.+10:20ὑποτάσσεται ( hupotassetai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:20IT (see L-N, 90.21).+10:20Cf Ex 32:32; Ps 69:28; Is 4:3; Dn 12:1; Php 4:3; Heb 12:23; Re 13:8, 20:12, 21:27.+10:21Or At that very time. Lit In that very hour. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:21Lit he.+10:21Or praise.+10:21Lit the wise and understanding. ME(H) (see translation and note at Mt 11:25). Cf CJB, HCSB, NIV, TEV.+10:21Or revealed them, or disclosed them, or unveiled them.+10:21Lit to small children. ME(I/F/OTB) (see translation and note at Mt 11:25).+10:21Cf Is 29:14; 1 Co 1:18-2:16.+10:21IT. The verb here is implied from v 21. Cf CJB.+10:21Or that such was your gracious will, or that such was pleasing to you. Lit that such was well-pleasing in your sight. ME(I/F/OTB) (see translation and note at Mt 11:26).+10:22Lit to me. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 3:3, 6:37-40, 10:27-29, 16:15, 17:6-11).+10:22Or all things. Cf Jn 3:25, 6:37-40. Πάντα ( panta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. In order to allow for this within the boundaries of English syntax, the clause has been structured in the active voice (cf CJB, NLT, NCV, TEV).+10:22Or no one knows. Cf CJB, NLT. The context indicates that “knowledge” here is to be understood in terms of a qualified distinction, not in terms of the presence or absence of any information at all. In other words, the “wise and learned” (v 21) in Israel obviously had access to information about God in the Scriptures, as did prophets and kings from the past (vv 23-24). What is implied here contextually is explicit in Matthew’s account (ἐπιγινώσκει [ epiginōskei] is used in Mt 11:27).+10:22ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι ( ho huios kai hō boulētai ho huios apokalupsai) is in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus a colon and demonstrative pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:22Or desires, or wills.+10:22Or reveal him, or unveil him, or disclose him.+10:23IT. Cf TEV.+10:23Lit according to that which is private. ME (I/F) (see L-N, 28.67). Cf most English translations.+10:23Cf 1 Co 2:6-16.+10:24πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ βασιλεῖς ( polloi prophētai kai basileis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:24ὑμεῖς ( humeis) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:24Cf 1 Pt 1:10-12.+10:25νομικός τις ( nomikos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+10:25Because of the device used to give extra focus to the P2 element (see preceding note), some of the IT (cf NLT) has been made explicit in translation here to provide a transition.+10:25ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:25This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+10:26Lit he.+10:26Or What do you read there? Or How do you understand it? Lit How do you read [it]? ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 417). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, RSV, TEV.+10:27Lit He.+10:27See note at Mt 22:37. The same applies here.+10:27Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+10:27Dt 6:5+10:27The verb is implied from the preceding quotation. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:27Lv 19:18+10:28ὀρθῶς ( orthōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:28τοῦτο ( touto) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:29Lit he.+10:30Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, TEV.+10:30λῃσταῖς ( lēstais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:30Lit and inflicted blows [on him]. ME. Cf most English translations.+10:30The direct object is implied here. Cf most English translations.+10:31ἱερεύς τις ( hereus tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:31Lit saw him.+10:32Lit saw him.+10:32Λευίτης ( levitēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+10:33Lit upon him.+10:33Σαμαρίτης τις ( samaritēs tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a dummy subject, subordination, delay, and a colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:33ME(H)/IT (see ESS [Lk], 483; NAC [Lk], 317). Cf NLT.+10:33Cf Jn 4:9, 8:48.+10:33The direct object is implied here. Cf most English translations.+10:33Or he was moved with compassion. Lit he was moved in the inward parts. ME(I/F) (see DBL Greek, #5072).+10:34The direct object is implied here. Cf ISV, NASB, NET, NRSV.+10:34Lit him.+10:34Or donkey, or pack animal.+10:35Lit took out two denarii. ME(H)/IT. (see note at Mt 18:24).+10:35IT. Cf TEV.+10:35Lit and whatever you might spend in addition. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, ISV.+10:36πλησίον ( plēsion) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:37Lit he.+10:38Lit as they. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:38Lit he.+10:38γυνὴ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα ( gunē tis onomati martha) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the sentence has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra stress.+10:39Lit She, or This woman. Cf NCV.+10:39Lit was listening to his word/message/teaching. Cf NCV.+10:40Lit was being dragged around/overburdened about much serving. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 25.238). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, TEV. “Food and drink” is implied in διακονία ( diakonia) here (see L-N, 46.13).+10:40δὲ ( de) here signals a new development. The context suggests that Martha approaches Jesus after a time of growing frustration.+10:40IT. Cf ESV, ISV, NASB, NET, NIV, NLT.+10:40In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf ISV.+10:40μόνην ( monēn) is in P2 ( BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf ISV.+10:40This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+10:40συναντιλάβηται ( sunantilabētai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the main information activated by the lexeme has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+10:42ἑνὸς ( henos) is in P2 ( BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. δέ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+10:42“For herself” is drawn from the middle voice here.+10:42Or better. Here the adjective is being used either as a comparative or a superlative (see Wallace, Grammar, 298; NET Bible Notes, Lk 10:42). τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ( tēn agathēn merida) is in P2 ( BART Display and LDGNT), with ἀγαθὴν ( agathēn) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The embedded element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:1Lit And it happened that. EFE. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf NIV, TEV.+11:1Lit he.+11:1This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+11:1Lit please teach us to pray. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 428). The context (cf vv 2-4) indicates that the disciples are asking Jesus for instruction related to the content of prayer.+11:1καὶ Ἰωάννης ( kai Yōannēs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:2Lit He.+11:2Or may your Name be treated as holy, or may your Name be set apart. Lit let your Name be sanctified. ME(OTB) (see translation and note at Mt 6:9). Cf Is 29:23; Ezk 36:23, 38:16, 39:27.+11:3This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+11:3τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον ( ton arton hēmōn ton epiousion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:3Lit bread.+11:3Or our daily bread/food, or our bread/food for the coming day. See note at Mt 6:11. Cf Ex 16; Ps 78:25, 105:40; Pr 30:8-9; 2 Co 8:15; 1 Ti 6:6-9.+11:4Lit everyone who is indebted to us. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 88.298; UBSHS [Lk], 429). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT.+11:4See note at Mt 6:13. The same applies here. Cf NLT.+11:4Cf Mk 14:38; 1 Co 10:13; Jm 1:13.+11:5Lit Who among you will have a friend and will go to him...? ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+11:5This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+11:6φίλος μου ( philos mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:6Lit has arrived from a journey to me. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 432). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+11:6Lit and I do not have what I will set before him. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+11:7κόπους ( kopous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:7Lit my children along with me. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+11:7εἰς τὴν κοίτην ( eis tēn koitēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:8Lit he.+11:8Lit to him.+11:8Lit because he is his friend. This rendering has been chosen to avoid ambiguity that could arise because of the number of third-person singular references used in this verse. Cf NCV, NLT; UBSHS (Lk), 432.+11:8διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ ( dia ge tēn anaideian autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a near demonstrative and colon have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:9VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:9Lit it. IT. Cf NLT.+11:9VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:9VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:9Lit it. IT. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+11:10πᾶς ὁ αἰτῶν ( pas ho aitōn) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Though Levinsohn has marked this element for focal ambiguity, through personal correspondence he told me that the first element is most likely an example of refocusing (since all the information in the sentence has already been established). In such cases it is usually the first element that is being refocused.+11:10VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:10ὁ ζητῶν ( ho zētōn) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. See the note at “it is” earlier in this verse. The same applies here.+11:10VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:10τῷ κρούοντι ( tō krouonti) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. See the note at “it is” earlier in this verse. The same applies here.+11:10VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:11τὸν πατέρα ( ton patera) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:11ὄφιν ( ophin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:12Lit he.+11:12Lit him.+11:13The participle here has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+11:13πονηροὶ ( ponēroi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+11:13δόματα ἀγαθὰ ( domata agatha) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent. The element has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+11:13For the meaning and function of μᾶλλον ( mallon) in this context, see BDAG, 613, sv 2.b.+11:13ὁ πατὴρ [ὁ] ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ( ho patēr humōn [ho] ex ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked focal ambiguity), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:13VPR. See VCC (Mt 7:7).+11:13Cf Jm 1:17.+11:14Lit And. Cf NCV, NLT.+11:14Lit he.+11:14Lit driving out a mute demon. ME. Cf CEV, NLT. It seems that the demon is called “mute” because of the problems it causes in the man (see ESS [Lk], 502; NET Bible Notes, Lk 11:14).+11:14Lit the mute [man].+11:15ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ( en Beelzeboul tō archonti tōn daimoniōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:15IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+11:15The genitive here is a genitive of subordination.+11:16The participle here has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ESV, LEB, NET, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+11:16σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ( sēmeion ex ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:16ME/IT (see note at Mt 12:38).+11:16Or from the sky. Cf Ex 4:1–9, 7:8–13, 10:21-23; 1 Ki 18:38; 2 Ki 1:9-16; Ps 19:1-5; Is 13:10, 34:4; Jl 2:10, 30-31; Hab 3:11; Mt 24:29; Mk 8:11-12; Lk 21:11; Re 6:12-13, 8:12.+11:17Lit He.+11:17ἐφʼ ἑαυτὴν ( eph heautēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:17Lit a house against house. ME. Cf ESV, ISV, NET, RSV.+11:18καὶ ὁ σατανᾶς ( kai ho satanas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+11:18In this context, ἵστημι ( histēmi) means to “continue to exist” (see DBL Greek, #2705.11; L-N, 13.90) or “survive” (see UBSHS [Mt], 373). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+11:18IT. Cf NET, NIV.+11:18ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ( en Beelzeboul) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:18IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+11:19ἐγὼ ( egō) here is functioning as a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT). “In my own case” is used to signal the switch here, and to set the stage for the switch to “your disciples.”+11:19ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ( en Beelzeboul) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:19IT. Cf NCV, NLT.+11:19IT. A supposed situation versus an actual situation is implied here.+11:19In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20. Cf also the NLT here.+11:19Lit sons. ME(I/F). In this context, “sons” means “followers” or “disciples” (see L-N, 36.39, 36.40; NET Bible Notes, Re 2:23). Cf ISV.+11:19IT. Cf NCV.+11:19ὑμῶν κριταὶ ( humōn kritai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with κριταὶ in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the embedded element within the ME (see following note).+11:19Lit For that reason they will be the judges of you. ME (see note at Mt 12:27). Cf TEV.+11:20ἐν δακτύλῳ θεοῦ ( en daktulō theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction and emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:20Cf Ex 8:19, 31:18; Dt 9:10; Ps 8:3.+11:20VPR. See VCC (Mt 12:28).+11:21Or the strong man.+11:21Or his own house.+11:21Lit in peace. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV. ἐν εἰρήνῃ ( en eirēnē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME.+11:22ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ ( ischuroteros autou) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf NLT.+11:22Lit he.+11:22τὴν πανοπλίαν αὐτοῦ ( tēn pantoplian autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and dashes have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:22Lit his.+11:22τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ ( ta skula autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:22Lit the spoils of him. Making the information compressed in the genitive explicit in translation.+11:23A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+11:23κατʼ ( kat’) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:23A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+11:23IT (see note at Mt 12:30). The same applies here.+11:23IT (see note at Mt 12:30). The same applies here.+11:23Cf Ezk 34:1-24; Jn 10:1-18.+11:24ἀκάθαρτον ( akatharton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:24ἀνύδρων ( anudrōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:24Or rest, or a place of rest.+11:24Lit to my house from where I came out.+11:25IT. The direct object is implied by the context. Cf most English translations.+11:26ἕτερα ( hetera) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:26As in v 25, the direct object is implied from the context here.+11:27Lit he.+11:27Lit raised the voice. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.78). Cf NET, NIV, NLT.+11:27γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ( gunē ek tou ochlou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+11:27Lit Blessed is the womb that carried you and the breasts at which you nursed. ME (see ESS [Lk], 517; L-N, 8.37; UBSHS [Lk], 444). Cf CJB, NIV, NLT. The point here is that Jesus’ mother was blessed because she had received the honor and privilege of being the mother of someone as important as Jesus.+11:27Cf Lk 1:48.+11:28Lit He.+11:28Following the “affirmation, but greater relevance” and “modification” view in the interpretation and translation of μενοῦν ( menoun) here (see ESS [Lk], 517; UBSHS [Lk], 444).+11:29Or As the crowds were increasing. Cf CJB, ISV, NLT, TEV.+11:29γενεὰ πονηρά ( genea ponēra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the newly-activated information in this constituent.+11:29σημεῖον ( sēmeion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:29Cf Dt 6:16; Is 7:12, 13:10, 34:4; Jl 2:10, 30-31; Am 5:18; Hab 3:11; Mal 3:15; Mt 15:1-4, 24:29; Mk 8:11-12; Lk 21:11; Ac 5:9; Re 6:12-13, 8:12.+11:29τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ( to sēmeion Yōna) is in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus a colon has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:30Lit became a sign. ME(OTB) (see note at Lk 2:34).+11:30τοῖς Νινευίταις ( tois Nineuitais) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and dashes have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:31βασίλισσα νότου ( basilissa notou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:31Because a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to the P2 element (see preceding note), a second question has been used as a transition here.+11:31IT. See notes at Mt 12:41-2. The same applies here. Cf NLT.+11:31Lit and behold, something greater than Solomon is here. See note at Mt 12:41. The same applies here.+11:31πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ( pleion Solomōnos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a dummy subject and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:31See preceding note.+11:32ἄνδρες Νινευῖται ( andres Nineuitai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:32Because a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to the P2 element (see previous note), a second question has been used as a transition here.+11:32Lit at the proclamation of Jonah. ME. Cf NCV, TEV.+11:32IT. See note at Mt 12:41. The same applies here. Cf NLT.+11:32Lit and behold, something greater than Jonah is here. See note at Mt 12:41. The same applies here.+11:32πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ( pleion Yōna) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a dummy subject and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:33λύχνον ( luchnon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:33εἰς κρύπτην [οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον] ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν ( eis kruptēn [oude hupo ton modion] all’ epi tēn luchnian) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and constitutes a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint in order to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:33τὸ φῶς ( to phōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:34Lit healthy, or good. ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 6:22). ἁπλοῦς ( haplous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:34Cf Ps 112. φωτεινὸν ( phōteinon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:34Lit When it.+11:34πονηρὸς ( ponēros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and dashes have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:34Lit evil. ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 6:23).+11:35IT. A contrast between a supposed and an actual state is implied here. Cf NLT.+11:35Cf Is 5:20; Jr 17:9-10. σκότος ( skotos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:36σκοτεινὸν ( skoteinon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:36τῇ ἀστραπῇ ( tē astrapē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+11:37The subject is implied here (ἐν [ en] with an articular infinitive is used in the Greek text). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+11:37Lit he.+11:38Lit he.+11:38πρῶτον ( prōton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:38Lit did not baptize himself. ME(H) (see BDAG, 164, sv βαπτίζω 1; UBSHS [Lk], 450). Cf HCSB, NLT.+11:39τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος ( to exōthen tou potēriou kai tou pinakos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:40καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ( kai to esōthen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:40Cf Gn 2:7; 1 Sm 16:7; 1 Ch 28:9; Ps 17:2, 33:15, 139:23; Is 42:5, Jr 11:20, 17:10, 20:12; Zc 12:1; Rm 8:27; Re 2:23.+11:41τὰ ἐνόντα ( ta enonta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:41Lit inwardly. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 11:41). Cf NET.+11:41Or But give to the poor inwardly, or But give to the poor with respect to the things which are inside. Following the NET in the adverbial accusative interpretation of τὰ ἐνόντα ( ta enonta) here (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 11:41).+11:41Lit and behold. IT. A condition is implied in the imperative in the preceding clause. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+11:41πάντα ( panta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+11:42Koine Greek often uses parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). The relationship between this clause and the following clause is adversative in nature. Cf, eg, CJB, ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+11:42IT. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+11:42Lit For you tithe mint and rue and all other kinds of herbs. ME(H/OTB)/IT (see ESS [Lk], 534; NAC [Lk], 340). Cf Lv 27:30-33; Dt 14:22-29; 2 Ch 31:5-12.+11:43ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Mt 23:7). Cf NET.+11:44Lit and the people/men who walk over [them] don’t realize [it]. ME(OTB)/IT (see ESS [Lk], 536; JFB, 2:110; UBSHS [Lk], 454; translation and notes at Mt 23:27; NLT). Cf Lv 21:1-4, 11; Nu 19:16.+11:45ταῦτα ( tauta) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+11:45καὶ ἡμᾶς ( kai hēmas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:46ME/IT (see ANLEX, 287, sv οὐαί 2; DBL Greek, #4026; L-N, 22.9; UBSHS [Re], 141). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+11:46καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς ( kai humin tois nomikois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:46Lit he.+11:46Lit For you load people down with loads hard to bear. ME(I/F/H) (see notes at Mt 11:28-30 and 16:19; UBSHS [Mt], 703).+11:46ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν ( heni tōn daktulōn humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+11:46Lit but you don’t touch the loads with one of your fingers. ME(I/F/H) (see note at Mt 16:19). Cf Mt 11:28-30, 16:17-19, 18:15-20, 23:4; Ac 15:10-11.+11:47Lit For you build the tombs of the prophets. ME(H)/IT (see note at Mt 23:29). Cf CEV.+11:47Or fathers, or forefathers.+11:48μάρτυρές ( martures) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:48IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 456).+11:48Lit approve of the deeds of your ancestors. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+11:48Lit killed them.+11:48The direct object is implied from the context here. Cf most English translations.+11:49Lit and some of them. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ESV, NRSV, NET, NIV, RSV.+11:50Lit so that it will be required of this generation. ME(I/F/OTB) (see, eg, Gn 9:5, 42:22; 2 Sm 4:11; Ezk 3:18). Following the lead of the NLT at Gn 42:22 in the translation of the idiom here.+11:51Lit It will be required of this generation. ME(I/F/OTB) (see note at “answer for” in v 50 above). Cf the TEV at Gn 42:22. Cf also the CJB, NCV, and TEV here.+11:51Cf Is 65:6-7; Mt 23:35-36.+11:52Or knowledge, or insight.+11:52τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ( tous eiserchomenous) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+11:52VPR. See VCC (Mt 23:13). Cf CJB, ISV.+11:53Lit he.+11:53δεινῶς ( deinōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a strong adverb has been used in translation.+11:54Lit him to catch in something from his mouth. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 459). Cf NEB, REB.+12:1Lit During/in which things. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 461).+12:1Lit he.+12:2Cf Ec 12:14; Rm 2:16, 14:10; 1 Co 4:5.+12:3ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ( en tē skotia) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus ἀνθʼ ( anth’) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:3Lit in the dark. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 28.71). Cf Mt 10:27; Mk 4:34.+12:3ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ( en tō phōti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:3Lit in the light. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 28.64).+12:3Lit in the inner rooms. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 462). Cf CJB, NLT, NRSV.+12:3Lit into the ear. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 28.73). πρὸς τὸ οὖς ( pros to ous) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:3Cf Ac 2.+12:4IT. Cf NCV; most English translations in the next clause.+12:5Cf ASV, ESV, NASB, NRSV, RSV.+12:5Cf Gn 31:42, 53; Jb 28:28; Ps 111:10; Pr 1:7, 9:10, 15:33; Ec 12:3; Is 2:22, 8:13, 11:3.+12:5The active infinitive here is most likely functioning causatively/ergatively; ie, God gives the order in context to the coming judgment. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+12:5Ie, the second death, or eternal torment in a resurrected body in the lake of fire. Cf Is 66:24; Mt 5:29-30, 23:33, 10:28; Mk 9:42-49; Lk 12:5; Ac 24:15; Jn 5:28-29; Re 2:11, 14:11, 20:6, 20:14-15, 21:8.+12:5τοῦτον ( touton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the sentence has been structured so as to give this constituent extra focus. Cf CJB, HCSB, NLT, TEV.+12:6πέντε στρουθία ( pente strouthia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:6Lit two assaria. These were small Roman copper coins, each worth 1/16 of a day’s wage (see BSL, Lk 12:6, sv ἀσσάριον; L-N, 6.77).+12:6Lit before God. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 465). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:7πᾶσαι ( pasai) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has thus italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:7πολλῶν στρουθίων ( pollōn strouthiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:8A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:8Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 708, sv ὁμολογέω 4.b.).+12:8καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ( kai ho huios tou anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+12:8Lit him.+12:9A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:10A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:10A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:10εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ( eis to hagion pneuma) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:11Lit they. This is an indefinite plural. Cf ISV.+12:11Lit how or what you might speak in your defense. ME. Cf NET.+12:12τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ( to hagion pneuma) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+12:12Lit in/at that hour. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:12Cf Eph 6:19.+12:13Lit to him.+12:13This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8. Cf NLT.+12:13Or to share with me, or to divide with me. Cf CEV; UBSHS (Lk), 469.+12:13IT. Cf ISV.+12:13Cf Dt 21:17.+12:14Or Friend, or Man.+12:14τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:14Lit who appointed me as judge and arbitrator/divider over you? ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 469). Cf TEV.+12:15ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ( en tō perisseuein tini ek tōn huarchontōn autō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+12:15Lit because his life is not in the to be abounding to someone from the possessions to him. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 470).+12:18τοῦτο ( touto) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:18μείζονας ( meizonas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:18Lit and I will store there. Cf TEV.+12:18IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+12:19Lit Soul. Following the TEV in translation here. Cf also UBSHS (Lk), 472.+12:19Lit you have many good things stored up for many years. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+12:20τὴν ψυχήν σου ( tēn psuchēn sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:20Following most English translations in the passive translation here.+12:20IT. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+12:20Cf Ps 39:6, 49:10-12, 73:16-18; Jb 27:17-22; Ec 2:18-26; Jr 17:11.+12:21εἰς θεὸν ( eis theon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+12:21Lit is not rich toward God, or is not rich in God, or is not rich with reference to God. ME (see BDAG, 831, sv πλουτέω 831; UBSHS [Lk], 474). Cf TEV.+12:22Lit he.+12:23πλεῖόν ( pleion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:24ὁ θεὸς ( ho theos) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:24VPR. See VCC (Mt 6:26).+12:24Cf Ps 145:15-16.+12:24πόσῳ μᾶλλον ( posō mallon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:25ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ ( epi tēn hēlikian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:25Or add a cubit to his height?+12:26ἐλάχιστον ( elachiston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:26Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 314, sv ἐλάχιστος 3).+12:26See note at Mt 6:28. The same applies here. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV (a volitive element is implied in these translations).+12:26περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ( peri tōn loipōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:27οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ ( Solomōn en pasē tē doxē autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὐδὲ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf most English translations.+12:28οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:28The oven of this time was “a dome-like structure made of clay, in which wood and dried grass were burned, and then after being heated, was used for baking bread” ( L-N, 7.74). εἰς κλίβανον ( eis klibanon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:28For the function of μᾶλλον ( mallon) here, see BDAG, 613, sv 2.b.+12:28IT. The verb here is implied from the protasis. Cf most English translations.+12:29ζητέω ( zēteō) in this context means to consider/deliberate (see BDAG, 428, sv), here with connotations of anxiety. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, TEV.+12:30“All these things” is a POD/topical frame (see BART Display and LDGNT).+12:30πάντα ( panta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:30τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου ( ta ethnē tou kosmou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:30Lit the Gentiles of the world. Cf HCSB.+12:30Or that seeks after. See note at Mt 6:33.+12:31VPR. See VCC (Mt 6:33).+12:31Or continually seek. See note at Mt 6:33.+12:31For the meaning of προστίθημι ( prostithēmi) in this context, see BDAG, 885, sv 2; L-N, 57.78. Cf HSCB, ISV.+12:32Cf Ps 40:13, 44:3, 75:2, 77:7-9, 85:1-7, 102:13, 149:4; Dn 7:18, 22, 27; Is 54:8, 60:10; Zc 1:7-17; Ac 1:7.+12:33IT. Cf ISV, TEV.+12:33Cf Ac 2:42-47, 4:32-37.+12:33IT (see BDAG, 456, sv θησαυρός, 2; translation and note at Mt 5:12).+12:34καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ( kai hē kardia humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end. Since “you” here is plural, “heart” has been rendered in the plural.+12:35Lit Your loins must be girded and your lamps burning. ME(I/F) (see NET Bible Notes, Jb 38:3; UBSHS [1 Pt], 33; UBSHS [Jb], 694). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+12:36Lit men. The context indicates that the men are servants in a master’s household. Cf NCV, TEV.+12:36The marriage festivities could last for several days (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 12:36, where Tob 11:18 is referenced).+12:37Or alert.+12:37IT. See note at Mt 5:18.+12:37Lit he.+12:37The same verb is used here as in v 35. Cf NET, NIV.+12:37IT (see BSL, Lk 12:37, sv παρέρχομαι; UBSHS [Lk], 484).+12:38ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ( en tē deutera kan en tē tritē phulakē) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and therefore a comma has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. The second κἂν has also been translated ascensively to the same end. Cf HCSB; UBSHS (Lk), 484.+12:38According to Roman custom, the second watch would be 9pm-12am, and the third watch would be 12am-3am. According to Jewish custom, the second watch would be 10pm-2am, and the third watch would be 2am-6am (see ESS [Lk 12-24], 51; NET Bible Notes, Lk 12:28).+12:38Lit finds [them] thus.+12:39Or known. Cf Mt 24:33, 38-39.+12:39Lit in/at which hour. ME. Cf NCV, TEV.+12:39ὁ κλέπτης ( ho kleptēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:39Or was coming, or was going to come.+12:39IT. Following the lead of the NCV and TEV in translation here.+12:40καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+12:40ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε ( hē hora ou dokeite) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:40Or at.+12:40Lit an hour. ME (see note at Mt 24:36).+12:40Cf Mt 24:32-39.+12:41πρὸς ἡμᾶςἢ καὶ πρὸς πάντας ( pros hēmas ē kai pros pantas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction and an adverb (cf UBSHS [Lk], 486) have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:42Or faithful.+12:42Or insightful, or prudent, or understanding.+12:42Or manager. Cf 1 Co 4:2.+12:42[τὸ] σιτομέτριον ( [to] sitometrion) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:43Lit the master of him. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT; NET at Mt 24:46.+12:44Lit He.+12:44ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ ( epi pasin tois huparchousin autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:44Lit him.+12:44Cf Ps 2:8; Mt 19:28, 25:21; Lk 19:17; 1 Co 3:5-9; Re 2:26-28.+12:45Lit says in his heart. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+12:45Cf 2 Pt 3:4-9, 15.+12:45Lit begins to beat the male slaves and the female slaves. ME. Cf NASB, NCV, NET, NRSV.+12:46Or on.+12:46Lit he.+12:46Lit an hour. ME (see note at Mt 24:36).+12:46Or know, or realize. Cf Mt 24:33, 38-39.+12:46Cf Is 11:3-4; Re 1:16, 2:16.+12:46Lit his.+12:46Lit his portion he will put with the unfaithful/unbelieving. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 763).+12:46Or to the unbelieving. μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων ( meta tōn apistōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:47Lit or did not do according to his will. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 490). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+12:47Lit will be beaten with many (strokes). ME. Cf CJB, NASB, NLT, TEV. “ Beating here probably refers to beating with a stick or whip” ( UBSHS [Lk], 490).+12:48The direct object is implied from the context here. Cf NET.+12:48Lit deserving of blows/strokes. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:48πολὺ ( polu) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:48περισσότερον ( perissoteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:48Cf Ac 9:15-16; 2 Co 11:23-12:10.+12:49Lit came to, or have come to. See note at Mt 5:17. Cf TEV at Mk 1:24.+12:49Πῦρ ( pur) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:49Or to the earth.+12:50βάπτισμα ( baptisma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:50ME(I/F)/IT (see note at Mk 10:38; UBSHS [Lk], 491). Cf NCV, NLT.+12:50Lit I have a baptism to be baptized [with]. ME. Cf NASB, NET, NIV.+12:51εἰρήνην ἐν τῇ γῇ ( eirēnēn en tē gē) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). A wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+12:51Or the earth.+12:51IT. Cf CJB, TEV.+12:52πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ διαμεμερισμένοι ( pente en heni oikō diamemerismenoi) is in a DFE position, with ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to the embedded element. ἑνὶ ( heni) has also been rendered with a more emphatic gloss to the same end (cf BDAG, 291, sv εἷς 2.a.).+12:52Or in one and the same household.+12:53Lit against her daughter-in-law.+12:53A reference to Mi 7:6.+12:54Lit He.+12:54Cf NLT.+12:54ὄμβρος ( ombros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf NLT.+12:55IT. Cf NCV, TEV. The subject and verb here are implied from v 54. However, in v 55, ἴδητε [ idēte] doesn’t mean to “see,” but to “feel” or to “experience” (cf, eg, BDAG, 719, sv ὁράω 3; Ibid, 279, sv εἶδον 2; L-N, 90.79). This is an example of zeugma.+12:55καύσων ( kausōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+12:56οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν ( oidate dokimazein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. An auxiliary verb has also been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:56For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.β-δ. τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον (ton kairon touton) is a POD/topical frame (see BART Display and LDGNT), while πῶς ( pōs) is in P2 (see BART Display). In order to keep the POD at the beginning of the clause in more natural English, and in order to give extra focus to the P2 element, πῶς has been segmented into its own clause in translation.+12:57καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν ( kai aph’ hautōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+12:57Lit Why do you not judge what is right also/even of yourselves? ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 496).+12:57Cf 1 Co 6:1-11.+12:58For the meaning of ἄρχων ( archon) in this context, see BDAG, 140, sv 2.+12:58ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ( en tē hodō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:59καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν ( kai to exchaton lepton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:59Lit the last lepton. “The smallest and least valuable copper coin in use” (HCSB footnote).+12:59IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+13:1Lit him.+13:1The verb in this clause is functioning causatively/ergatively. This has been signaled with a prepositional phrase within the ME (see following note). For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+13:1Lit whose blood Pilate mixed with their sacrifices. ME(I/F/H)/IT (see L-N, 63.10; UBSHS [Lk], 499). Cf CEV, CJB, NLT, TEV.+13:2Lit he.+13:2ταῦτα ( tauta) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:2ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ( hamartōloi para pantas tous Galilaious) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν ( hoti tauta peponthasin) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:2IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:3IT (see interpretation 1 in ESS [Lk 12-24], 74). Both the fact of death and some parallel with the manner of death seem to be implied by ὁμοίως ( homoiōs) here.+13:3ὁμοίως ( homoiōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:4In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question (though technically this is a left-dislocated element). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV. Cf also, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+13:4IT (see BDAG, 923, sv Σιλωάμ).+13:4ὀφειλέται παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰερουσαλήμ ( opheiletai para pantas tous anthrōpous tous katoikountas Yerousalē) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and thus αὐτοὶ ( autoi) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent. The preposed element has also been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:4Lit debtors. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 88.300).+13:4IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+13:5IT (see note at “sudden and violent” in v 3). The same applies here with ὡσαύτως ( hōsautōs).+13:6Lit he.+13:6συκῆν πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ ( sukēn pephuteumenēn en tō ampelōni autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:6Lit He.+13:7IT. Cf TEV.+13:7τρία ἔτη ( tria etē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+13:7καὶ τὴν γῆν ( kai tēn gēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:8This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+13:8Lit leave it also this year. ME. Cf CJB, NLT, NCV, NIV, TEV.+13:8Lit until. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 503).+13:8Lit I will dig around it and throw/put manure. ME(H) (see BDAG, 926, sv σκάπτω 2; L-N, 43.3; UBSHS [Lk], 503).+13:9The apodosis to this protasis is not explicitly stated in the Greek text. Some translations supply the implied information, while others handle the elision by translating the protasis with some marker of potentiality (see UBSHS [Lk], 504). The latter procedure has been employed in translation here. Cf CEV, HCSB, ISV.+13:9Lit you will cut it down, or you will have it cut down. The future indicative has been interpreted as an imperatival future, but without rude connotations (cf the note at “please” in v 8 above). Also, the resumption of a plan made previously, but delayed for a time [a year], is implied here (cf vv 7-8). The verb is also functioning causatively/ergatively (for more on causative/ergative actives [in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action], see Wallace, Grammar, 411). All these things are reflected in the translation here. Cf HCSB, CJB, NET, TEV.+13:10Lit he.+13:11Lit a woman who had a spirit of infirmity/weakness. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 505). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV NRSV. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας ( pneuma astheneias) is in an embedded split focal position, and therefore the information activated by this element has been placed in clause-final within the ME for extra focus and stress.+13:12ME(H)/IT. “Woman” was a polite form of address (see NET Bible Notes, Mt 15:25). Cf NLT.+13:13Lit he placed his hands on her, and… Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NRSV.+13:13παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:14IT (see L-N, 90.21).+13:14τῷ σαββάτῳ ( tō sabbatō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:14ἓξ ἡμέραι ( hex hēmerai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:14Cf Ex 20:9.+13:14ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ μὴ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου ( en autais kai mē tē hēmera tou sabbatou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:14Lit on them.+13:14Lit and not on the day of the Sabbath. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:15In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+13:16θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ ( thugatera Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:16Lit daughter. ME (see L-N, 10.31). Cf ISV, TEV.+13:16Lit ought to be loosed. The verb used here is the same as that used in v 15. Because the direct object in this verb requires a different gloss in English, two verbs have been used in translation here, in order to ensure that the comparison with the animals of v 15 is not lost (in most lexicons, both “untie” and “set free” are listed as glosses for λύω [ luō]; see, eg, BDAG, 606, sv 1, 2).+13:16Lit on the day of the Sabbath.+13:16In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+13:17Lit he.+13:17Lit All the crowd. Cf ESV, NIV, NLT, RSV.+13:17Lit over all the wonderful things that were being done by him. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+13:18Lit he.+13:19Lit it became a tree. See note at Mt 13:32. The same applies here.+13:19Lit the birds of the sky. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 809, sv πετεινόν; NET Bible Notes, 13:32). Cf NET.+13:19Dn 4:12; Ezk 17:23.+13:19Cf Ps 47:7; Is 2:2-4, 9:6-7, 60:1-16; Dn 2:34-35, 44-45; Zc 14:9, 16; Ml 1:14; Ac 10:9-48.+13:21Lit like leaven, or like yeast. ME(H)/IT (see note at Mt 13:33).+13:21Or mixed into, or kneaded into.+13:21Or 39.4 liters. Lit three sata. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Mt], 426). Cf HCSB, TEV.+13:21ἀλεύρου ( aleurou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display) and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:21See note at Mt 13:33. The same applies here.+13:21Or all of it was leavened, or all of it was fermented, or all of it was swollen up. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, TEV; L-N, 5.12.+13:21Cf Lv 23:17; Mk 4:26-28; Rm 11:11-16; 1 Co 15:20-23; Eph 1:13-14; Col 1:24-29, 3:1-3.+13:22Lit He.+13:22Cf CJB.+13:23ὀλίγοι ( oligoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb and italics have been used to give this constituent extra focus and emphasis.+13:23Lit will those being/going to be saved be few? ME. Cf ISV, NET, NIV.+13:24Or Make every effort. Drawing from L-N in translation here (see L-N, 68.74). Cf CEV.+13:24στενῆς ( stenēs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:24Lit he.+13:24πολλοί ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:25Following Phillips in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 514).+13:25ἔξω ( exō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:25IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:25Lit and. Cf NASB, NRSV.+13:25Lit I don’t you from where you are. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+13:26IT. Cf NLT.+13:26Lit ate before you and drank. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 249).+13:26ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ( hen tais plateiais hēmōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an adverb and emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:27Lit workers/doers of unrighteousness. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NET, NLT.+13:29Lit they. Cf CJB, ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+13:30Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9. Cf HCSB.+13:30IT. “Now” and “at that time” are implied from the context, where a contrast between the present age and the age to come/Kingdom of God is being presented. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+13:31Lit At that very hour. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 517).+13:31IT. NIV, TEV.+13:31Lit Depart and go from here. Cf CEV.+13:31Or wants.+13:31The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Translating the verb causatively here has the added benefit of allowing the verb to land in clause-final (ἀποκτεῖναι [ apokteinai] is in a DFE position in the Greek text [see BART Display and LDGNT]).+13:32Lit He.+13:32IT (see BDAG, 49, sv ἀλώπηξ 2; DBL Greek, 273.2; L-N, 88.120; UBSHS [Lk], 517).+13:32ἰάσεις ( yaseis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:32Or and on the third day I will be perfected/consecrated, or and on the third day I will reach the goal, or and on the third day I will complete my work. If we read τελειοῦμαι ( teleioumai) as a passive, then τελειόω ( teleioō) here most likely means the same thing as it does in Hebrews (cf ASV, KJV, NKJV; note that the NASB, ESV, HCSB, and ISV all cross-reference passages in Hebrews here).+13:33σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ ( sēmeron kai aurion kai tē echomenē) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore πλὴν ( plēn) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+13:33Drawing from L-N in translation here (see L-N, 71.4). Cf CJB; REB in ESS (Lk 12-24), 100.+13:33Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+13:34Cf 2 Ch 24:19; 36:15, 16; Ne 9:26; Jr 37:15, 38:6.+13:35VPR. See VCC (Mt 23:38).+13:35Lit Your house is left to you, or Your house is deserted/abandoned to you. ME/IT. Cf ISV, NASB, NIV.+13:35Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+13:35Ps 118:26. Cf Zc 12:10-14.+14:1Lit And it happened. EFE. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf NRSV.+14:1Lit he.+14:1Lit one of the leaders/rulers of the Pharisees. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 521).+14:1Lit to eat bread. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 521). Cf NLT, TEV.+14:1Lit they. Cf UBSHS [Lk], 521.+14:2Lit A certain man was in a state of dropsy/edema in front of him. ME (see ANLEX, 387, sv ὑδρωπικός; UBSHS [Lk], 521). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+14:3Lit And answering/in response. Cf ISV, NET.+14:3Lit Is it lawful…? ME(H) (see note at Mt 12:10).+14:4Lit he.+14:5τίνος ὑμῶν ( tinos humōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:5εἰς φρέαρ ( eis phrear) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:5The antecedent here could be either the son or the ox (both are masculine nouns). Hence “them” has been used in translation. Cf TEV.+14:5Lit on the day of the Sabbath. Cf NLT, TEV.+14:5εὐθέως ( eutheōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the IT (see following note) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+14:5In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+14:6Lit And they were not able to make a reply to these things. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 523). Cf CEV.+14:7Lit he.+14:7Or when. The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation.+14:7“For themselves” is drawn from the middle voice here (see Wallace, Grammar, 419-21).+14:7τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ( tas prōtoklisias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:8Lit by him. Cf NET.+14:8ἐντιμότερός σου ( entimoteros sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+14:9Lit and. A condition or result is implied here. Cf ISV, NET, NIV; BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., 1.b.δ., 1.b.ζ.+14:9Lit the one.+14:9Lit you and him. ME. Cf ESV, ISV, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, TEV. σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν ( se kai auton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:9Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 514, 525).+14:9Lit occupying. ME. Cf TEV.+14:9τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον ( ton exchaton topon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+14:9ἔσχατον ( eschaton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:10ἔσχατον ( eschaton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:10Lit the one who invited you. ME. Cf ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+14:10Lit move up higher. ME (see BDAG, 92, sv ἀνώτερος; BSL, Lk 14:10, sv ἀνώτερος; UBSHS [Lk], 526). Cf NCV.+14:10Lit Then there will be to you honor/glory. ME. Cf most English translations.+14:12Lit He.+14:12Or reward.+14:13δοχὴν ( doxēn) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:14Lit and. A condition or result is implied here. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NLT; BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., 1.b.δ., 1.b.ζ.+14:14μακάριος ( makarios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:14IT. A concessive idea is implied here, with the primary support for the blessedness located in the following clause (note the presence of γάρ [ gar] there). Cf NCV, NIV.+14:14Cf Ac 24:15; Rm 2:6-11.+14:15Lit with him.+14:15Lit eat bread. ME (see BDAG, 396, sv ἐσθίω 1.a.; UBSHS [Lk], 529). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+14:15Cf Is 25:6, 65:13-14; Re 19:9.+14:16Lit he.+14:17Lit at the hour of the feast. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 529).+14:17ἕτοιμά ( hetoima) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:18Lit from one. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 61.2). Cf NET.+14:18ἀγρὸν ( agron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:18Lit I have necessity/pressure. ME. Cf ISV.+14:18Lit I ask you, consider me excused. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 14:18; UBSHS [Lk], 531). Cf CJB, TEV.+14:19IT (cf v 18). In modern English, excuses are often introduced with the adverb “well.”+14:19ζεύγη βοῶν πέντε ( zeugē boōn pente) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a dummy subject, demonstrative pronoun, and commas have been used to give extra focus to these elements.+14:19Lit I ask you, consider me excused. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 14:18; UBSHS [Lk], 531). Cf CJB, TEV.+14:20Lit I married a woman/wife. γυναῖκα ( gunaika) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:21τοὺς πτωχοὺς καὶ ἀναπείρους καὶ τυφλοὺς καὶ χωλοὺς ( tous ptōchous kai anapeirous kai tuphlous kai chōlous) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus a colon and demonstrative pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+14:22IT. Some interval of time is implied contextually (see UBSHS [Lk], 533). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+14:22Lit what you instructed/commanded.+14:22ἔτι τόπος ( eti topos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:22Lit there is still place. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+14:23Lit Go out to the roads and hedges/fences. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 14:23).+14:23IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf, eg, CJB, NET, TEV.+14:24Lit will taste. ME (see BDAG, 195, sv γεύομαι 1).+14:25Lit accompanying him.+14:26Lit and does not hate. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Ml 1:3; ANLEX, 264, sv 4; UBSHS [Jn], 406; translation and notes at Mt 10:37, Mt 16:25, and 1 Co 16:22). In a covenantal context, μισέω ( miseō) means to “not choose” or to “reject.” A loyalty similar to that expected in covenantal relationships is the meaning here.+14:27ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου ( hostis ou bastazei ton stauron heautou kai erchetai opisō mou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a spacer (derived from the context; see the apodosis in v 26) has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+14:27A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+14:27The present indicative here has been interpreted as functioning voluntatively/volitively. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NCV; NCV and NLT at Mt 10:38 (οὐ λαμβάνει [ ou lambanei] is used there, with essentially the same meaning). Cf also translation and notes at Mt 16:24-25.+14:28γὰρ ( gar) here is signaling strength and support for what precedes (Runge, Disc Grammar, 51-4).+14:28πύργον ( purgon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:28Drawing from BSL in translation here (see BSL, Lk 14:28, sv πρῶτος). πρῶτον ( prōton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give this element extra focus.+14:28IT (see DBL Greek, #568; L-N, 68.28).+14:28In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+14:29IT. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+14:29ἐμπαίζειν ( empaizein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and thus a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+14:30Lit but was not able to complete/finish [it]. ME/IT. Cf TEV.+14:31ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ ( heterō basilei) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:31δυνατός ( dunatos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:31Lit is able to meet. ME. Cf NCV, NLT. In this context, “able to meet” doesn’t just mean the ability to go out and fight in battle, but the ability to win the battle despite being at a disadvantage.+14:31μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ( meta eikosi chiliadōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+14:31In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+14:32Lit while he.+14:32πόρρω ( porrō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:32πρεσβείαν ( presbeian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος ( eti autou porrō ontos) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+14:34καλὸν ( kalon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+14:34Or good. Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Mk], 305).+14:34“In the ancient world...what was often sold as salt was highly adulterated and the sodium chloride could leach out in humid weather, in which case the residue (normally a form of lime) would be useless” ( L-N, 5.25).+14:35οὔτε εἰς γῆν οὔτε εἰς κοπρίαν εὔθετόν ( oute eis gēn oute eis koprian eutheton) is in P2, with οὔτε εἰς γῆν οὔτε εἰς κοπρίαν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis (cf Arndt in ESS [Lk 12-24], 134).+14:35Lit they. This is an indefinite plural. Cf ISV.+14:35ἔξω ( exō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:35Lit He who has ears to hear, let him hear. ME(I/F) (see note at Mt 11:15).+15:1πάντες ( pantes) has been interpreted as functioning hyperbolically This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESS (Lk 12-24), 136; UBSHS (Lk), 541.+15:1IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+15:1Lit him.+15:2Lit were complaining/grumbling, saying. ME. Cf Arndt in ESS (Lk 12-24), 135.+15:2ἁμαρτωλοὺς ( hamartōlous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:3Lit He.+15:4Lit of/from them.+15:4ἓν ( hen) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been place in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+15:4IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+15:4In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf ISV.+15:7χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ( chara en tō ouranō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:8Lit has ten drachma. ME(H)/IT (see L-N, 6.76; NET Bible Notes, Lk 15:8).+15:8δραχμὰς δέκα ( drachmas deka) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see previous note).+15:8In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+15:11Lit he.+15:12Cf NET. ἐπιβάλλον ( epiballon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the clause for extra focus and stress.+15:12Lit he.+15:12Lit between them. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+15:12Cf Dt 21:17.+15:13Lit And after not many days. ME. Cf ISV, NLT.+15:13Lit gathered all things. ME (see BDAG, 962, sv 1.a.; L-N, 57.144; UBSHS [Lk], 547). Cf TEV.+15:14Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 514, 525).+15:15Lit joined himself to. ME(I/F) (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 15:15). Cf HCSB, NET, TEV.+15:16Lit And he was longing to be satisfied with. ME. Bringing together elements from several translations here. Cf LEB, ISV, NASB, NIV, NCV, NLT.+15:17A new development is signaled here. Here, the context indicates that the new development follows a period of time. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+15:17εἰς ἑαυτὸν ( eis heauton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:17Lit have an abundance of bread. ME (see L-N, 57.24). Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+15:18Lit heaven. ME(H) (see FSB, Mt 21:25). Cf NCV, TEV. “Heaven” was a common way of referring to God without saying His name directly. Cf, eg, Dn 4:26. Cf also 1 Mac 4:10.+15:19This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+15:20μακρὰν ( makran) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+15:20Lit and was moved in the inward parts. ME(I/F) (see DBL Greek, #5072).+15:20Lit he ran and fell on his neck. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 34.64).+15:22ταχὺ ( tachu) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been segmented with an exclamation mark for extra focus. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+15:23Lit fattened. ME (see ANLEX, 349, sv σιτευτός; UBSHS [Lk], 552). Cf TEV.+15:24νεκρὸς ( nekros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:26Lit what these things could possibly be. ME/EFE. A sense of astonishment seems to be implied by the optative here (see UBSHS [Lk], 553). In English, this kind of surprise sounds a bit awkward in indirect speech, and therefore direct speech has been used in translation. Cf UBSHS (Lk), 53; CJB, TEV.+15:27ὁ ἀδελφός σου ( ho adelphos sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been segmented into its own clause for extra focus.+15:27Lit he.+15:27The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+15:27Lit received him.+15:27ὑγιαίνοντα ( hugiainonta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:28Lit he.+15:29τοσαῦτα ἔτη ( tosaufta etē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb (warranted also on lexical grounds; see, eg, BDAG, 1012, sv τοσοῦτος 1) has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause final for primary focus and stress.+15:29ἐντολήν σου ( entolēn sou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been rendered with an indefinite article for extra focus. Cf ISV.+15:29IT (see ESS [Lk 12-24], 158; UBSHS [Lk], 55). The point here turns on the lesser value of the goat, and thus the IT has been made explicit in translation here. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+15:29μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου ( meta tōn philōn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:30ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ( ho huios sou houtos ho kataphagōn sou ton bion meta pornōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. Commas have also been used to the same end.+15:30Lit devoured. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 57.150; UBSHS [Lk], 556). Cf NCV, TEV.+15:30σιτευτὸν ( siteuton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:31Lit he.+15:31The present indicative has been interpreted as a broadband, extending-from-past present (note the presence of πάντοτε [ pantote]). This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESS (Lk 12-24), 160; NLT. The point here is that the older son has never wandered away from home like the younger son.+15:31IT. Cf TEV.+15:31πάντοτε ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+15:31πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ ( panta ta ema) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. And adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:31Or and everything I own is yours.+15:32ἔδει ( edei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+15:32νεκρὸς ( nekros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:1Lit He.+16:1Or manager.+16:1Lit This one.+16:1Lit was accused before him [ie, the rich man].+16:1Lit his.+16:2Lit summoning him.+16:2Lit he.+16:2τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this constituent (and to convey rebuke/anger implied contextually).+16:2Lit Give back the account of your stewardship/management. ME. Cf NCV, TEV.+16:3Lit the stewardship, or the management. Cf ISV, NET.+16:3σκάπτειν ( skaptein) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a question, followed by a demonstrative pronoun in the next clause, has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:3ἐπαιτεῖν ( epaitein) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a question, followed by a demonstrative pronoun in the next clause, has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:4In contemporary English, “light-bulb” moments are often signaled with words like “Ah” or “Aha!” Cf CJB, NLT.+16:4Cf TEV.+16:4Lit when I am removed from the stewardship/management.+16:4Lit they. Cf most English translations.+16:6Lit One hundred baths. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Lk], 561). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+16:6Lit he.+16:6Lit Receive. ME/IT. The use of δέχομαι ( dechomai) here implies that the steward handed the man his promissory note (see UBSHS [Lk], 561). Cf TEV.+16:6Lit he.+16:6ταχέως ( tacheōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been postposed and segmented from the rest of the clause for extra focus and emphasis.+16:7Or to another. Cf CJB, ESV, NLT; NASB, ISV, NLT, NRSV, RSV at Mt 10:23. ἑτέρῳ ( heterō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:7In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+16:7Lit One hundred cors. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Lk], 561). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+16:7Lit he.+16:7Lit he.+16:8Translating the genitive attributively here. Cf most English translations.+16:8φρονίμως ( phronimōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:8Or for acting so prudently.+16:8Lit the sons of this age. ME(I/F) (see ESS [Lk 12-24], 170; UBSHS [Lk], 562).+16:8φρονιμώτεροι ὑπὲρ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν ( phronimōteroi huper tous huious tou phōtos eis tēn genean tēn heautōn) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and thus an adverb and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:8Or prudent, or wise.+16:8Or in dealing with their contemporaries. Lit with respect to their own generation/kind. ME (see L-N, 10.4). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+16:8Lit than the sons of the light. ME(I/F) (see UBSHS [Lk], 562). Cf Jn 12:36; Eph 5:8; 1 Th 5:5-8.+16:9ὑμῖν ( humin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus Καὶ ( kai) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:9Lit for yourselves make friends by/from the mammon of unrighteousness. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 16:9). An overly literal rendering here is open to the impression that believers are to make friends by engaging in extortion and dishonest financial practices! The CJB, NET, NCV, NIV, NLT, and TEV are closer to the intended meaning here (translating τῆς ἀδικίας [ tēs adikias] as “worldly”), but the default setting of many if not most Western believers would be to interpret “worldly” in a Christo-Platonic way (“this world” versus “heaven” [the Platonic metaphysical or ideal realm]), rather than in terms of successive ages within history (“the present evil age” versus the “age to come”; note especially the contrast in this context between “the sons of this age” and the “sons of light”). Cf 1 Ti 6:17-19. The Scriptures are clear that wealth and riches will be part of the age to come (see, eg, Is 60:1-17; Zc 14:14), though no longer used in unrighteous ways. For many resources on Christo-Platonism and the influence it has had on Western Christianity, see www.danieltrainingnetwork.org.+16:9Cf ESV, HCSB, LEB, NASB, NLT, NRSV, RSV. A number of translations treat this as an indefinite plural. The UBSHS claims, “in many cases the preservation of the third person plural would be misleading since it suggests a reference to ‘friends’” ( UBSHS [Lk], 564). Such a claim is not only unnecessary, but also unwarranted. There is simply no good reason to suppose that the friends aren’t being referred to here. The point is that in the age to come, the friends who were on the receiving end of the generosity in the previous age are now, in the new age, joyfully welcoming into the Kingdom of God their friend who had previously loved them self-sacrificially with his/her money. Cf 2 Co 1:14, 9:6-15; Php 4:1; 1 Th 2:19.+16:9Cf 2 Co 1:14, 9:6-15; Php 4:1; 1 Th 2:19.+16:9Or tents, or booths, or dwellings. Cf Lv 23:33-43; Dt 16:13-15; Re 7:9.+16:9Cf 1 Ti 6:17-19. αἰώνιος ( aiōnios) (typically rendered “eternal”) is built on its cognate αἰών ( aiōn), “age” (see, eg, NASB-Dic, #166). Cf, eg, Ga 1:5. αἰωνίους ( aiōnious) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed at the end of the phrase for extra focus and stress.+16:10A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+16:10Or faithful. So throughout this section.+16:10καὶ ἐν πολλῷ ( kai en pollō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:10A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+16:10ἄδικος ( adikos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:10Either ἄδικός ( adikos) or καὶ ἐν πολλῷ ( kai en pollō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). Runge favors the latter as the focal element, while Levinsohn favors the former. I’ve decided to give extra focus to both in translation. A demonstrative cleft and adverb have been used to give extra focus to ἄδικός, while καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to ἐν πολλῷ.+16:11ἐν τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ ( en tō adikō mamōna) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+16:11Lit If you have not shown yourselves trustworthy with unrighteous mammon. ME(I/F) (see note at v 16:9 above).+16:11“True riches” is topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT). In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+16:11τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:11Cf 1 Ti 6:17-19.+16:12ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ ( en tō allotriō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:12Lit in that which belongs to another. ME (see BDAG, 47, sv ἀλλότριος 1.b.α.; UBSHS [Lk], 565). Cf NET, NIV.+16:12 That which is your own/ Property of your own is a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT). In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+16:12τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:13δυσὶ κυρίοις ( dusi kuriois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+16:13Lit He.+16:13VPR. See VCC (Mt 6:24). Cf Wallace, Grammar, 571.+16:13μισήσει ( misēsei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:13ἀγαπήσει ( agapēsei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:13ἀνθέξεται ( anthexetai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus an adverb, a comma, and inversion have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+16:13καταφρονήσει ( kataphronēsei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb and inversion have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+16:13θεῷ καὶ μαμωνᾷ ( theō kai mamōna) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). See note at Mt 6:24.+16:14φιλάργυροι ( philarguroi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:14Lit at him.+16:15Lit who justify yourselves. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 567). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+16:15Cf Mt 6:1-3, 16-18; 1 Sm 16:7; 1 Ch 28:9; Jr 17:10; Re 2:23.+16:15IT (see note Mt 19:26).+16:15ἐν ἀνθρώποις ( en anthrōpois) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:16Or were, or were proclaimed. There is no explicit verb in the Greek text here, which makes this verse very difficult to translate. To translate with a simple copula here (cf, eg, ESV, HCSB, RSV) is essentially meaningless, and even potentially confusing (since, quite obviously, the existence of the Tanakh is not what is being posited). “Proclaimed” (cf, eg, NASB, NCV, NIV) is a possibility based on the verb in the next clause, but, as is pointed out in the NET Bible Notes (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 16:16), it is preceding context that usually provides the compass for identifying implied verbs, and in this case, there is nothing in vv 15-16 that fits. At the same time, there is nothing present contextually to warrant translations like “were in effect” (NRSV, TEV) or “were in force” (NET). Stern is right to object to this interpretation (see Stern, JNTC, Lk 16:16). The ISV (“prophesying until”) apparently looks to Matthew for direction (ἐπροφήτευσαν [ eprophētesan] is used in Mt 11:13). This seems to me to be the safest option, especially in light of v 17, where it is asserted that there is nothing in the Law that will “fail” (cf Mt 5:18). Hence, though there are no ideal solutions, I have decided to follow the lead of the ISV in translation here.+16:16ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ( hē basileia tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+16:16Cf HCSB, NET. βιάζεται ( biazetai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:16Cf Mt 3:12, 4:17.+16:17εὐκοπώτερον ( eukopōteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:17Or the sky.+16:17τοῦ νόμου μίαν κεραίαν ( tou nomou mian keraian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:17Lit one serif. ME (see DBL Greek, #3037).+16:17τοῦ νόμου ( tou nomou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:18A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+16:18IT. A status of guilt in committing the act is implied here (see UBSHS [Mk], 314). Cf NCV.+16:18καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν ( kai ho apolelumenēn apo andros gamōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. καὶ has also been rendered ascensively to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:18A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+16:18γαμῶν ( gamōn) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:19Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+16:19The imperfect here has been interpreted as signaling customary action. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB, ISV.+16:19Lit being merry each day sumptuously/ostentatiously. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NLT, NIV.+16:20Lit his.+16:21Lit and longing to be satisfied from. ME (see translation and note at Lk 15:16).+16:21Lit the things. ME. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+16:21According to the UBSHS, this is “the climax in this description of Lazarus’ misery” (see UBSHS [Lk], 571). Cf BDAG, 45, sv ἀλλά 3; Marshall in ESS (Lk 12-24), 190.+16:21καὶ οἱ κύνες ( kai hoi kunes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:22Lit Now it happened that. EFE. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. Cf NIV.+16:22Lit to the bosom of Abraham. ME (see ANLEX, 234, sv κόλπος 1; BDAG, 556, sv κόλπος 1; NET Bible Notes, Jn 13:23). Cf Gn 15:15, 47:30; Dt 31:16.+16:22Lit he.+16:23Lit Hades. ME(OTB) (see note at Mt 11:23).+16:23Lit lifting up his eyes. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 24.34).+16:23Lit at his bosoms. ME (see note at “next to Abraham” in v 22 above).+16:24Lit to dip the tip/end of his finger. The point of including the “tip” of the finger here is not to encourage the use of one part of the finger versus another, but to “stress[ing] the smallness of the matter requested” ( UBSHS [Lk], 573). This is signaled in translation here through “at least.” Cf CJB.+16:25Lit remember that you received your good things in your life, and Lazarus likewise the bad things. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+16:26χάσμα μέγα ( chasma mega) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+16:26Lit to you. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 574).+16:26Lit they. Cf NET, NRSV.+16:26πρὸς ὑμᾶς ( pros humas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a spacer (derived from the context; cf the preceding clause) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:26Lit to us. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 574).+16:27Lit he.+16:28The subordinate clause is dependent on “send” in v 27.+16:28καὶ αὐτοὶ ( kai autoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+16:30Or No, that isn’t enough. Lit No. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 576; ESS [Lk], 198). Cf CEV, TEV.+16:30Lit he.+16:30Lit If someone goes to them. Cf NLT.+16:30ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ( apo nekrōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ἀλλʼ ( all’) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+16:31Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ( Mōuseōs kai tōn prophētōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have used to give this constituent extra focus and emphasis.+16:31Lit he.+16:31ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ ( ean tis ek nekrōn anastē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+16:31ἐκ νεκρῶν ( ek nekrōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:1Lit He.+17:1IT (see BDAG, 926, sv σκάνδαλον). Cf ISV, NLT.+17:1ἀνένδεκτόν ( anevdekton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+17:1Lit It is impossible for the stumbling blocks not to come. ME. Cf HCSB, NET.+17:1Lit but woe to. ME/IT (see ANLEX, 287, sv οὐαί 2; DBL Greek, #4026; L-N, 22.9; UBSHS [Re], 141). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+17:2λίθος μυλικὸς ( lithos mulikos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:2Lit little ones, or small ones. ME (see note at Mt 10:42). τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ( tōn mikrōn toutōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:3Or rebuke, or correct.+17:4ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ( heptakis tēs hēmeras) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:4ἑπτάκις ( heptakis) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:4The future indicative has been interpreted as an imperatival future. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+17:6The aorist is functioning proleptically here. Cf NET Bible Notes, Lk 17:5.+17:7δοῦλον ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα ( doulon arotriōnta ē poimainonta) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the preposed element.+17:7Lit Now who of you having a slave plowing or tending the sheep, who when he has come in from the field, will say...? ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+17:8In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+17:8Lit Prepare something that I may dine/supper. ME. Cf NASB, NCV, HCSB.+17:8Lit having girded yourself. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 308, sv περιζώννυμι; NET Bible Notes, Lk 17:8; UBSHS [1 Pt], 33). Cf NCV, NET, NIV.+17:8Lit until I have eaten and drunk, or while I eat and drink. ME. “Here eating and drinking refers to a full meal” ( UBSHS [Lk], 581).+17:8μετὰ ταῦτα ( meta tauta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:9Cf NCV; L-N, 33.361.+17:9Cf TEV.+17:9In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf CJB, NLT.+17:10δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ( douli axreioi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adjective/downtoner and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+17:10Drawing from L-N in translation here (see L-N, 33.361). Cf NET.+17:10ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι ( ho ōpheilomen poiēsai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a downtoner has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf UBSHS (Lk), 582.+17:11Lit he.+17:12The imperfective participle is most likely functioning tendentially here (see UBSHS [Lk], 583).+17:12Following the ESV, RSV, and TEV in translation here. Cf the translation and notes at Mt 8:28 and Mk 5:2.+17:12Lit ten lepers. ME. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+17:12Cf Lv 13:46; Nu 5:2-3.+17:14Lit he.+17:14IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf most English translation.+17:14Lit Go and show yourselves to the priests. ME (see note at Mt 8:4). Cf CJB, TEV.+17:14Cf Lv 14:1-32.+17:14Lit cleansed. IT (see BDAG, 488, sv καθαρίζω 2). Cf HCSB, NCV.+17:15Lit one of them.+17:15μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης ( meta phōnēs megalēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+17:16Lit his.+17:16Lit He.+17:17οἱ δέκα ( hoi deka) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+17:17IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+17:18Lit Were they not found returning...? ME/EFE. The effect intended by the question here (see UBSHS [Lk], 585) is more naturally created in modern English by something like “why.” Cf TEV. Cf also HCSB.+17:18Lit this foreigner. ME (see UBSHS [Lk]), 585.+17:19Lit to him.+17:19See note at Mk 7:29. The same applies here. Cf CJB.+17:19ἡ πίστις σου ( hē pistis sou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus a near demonstrative (the article is a weak demonstrative in Greek) has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+17:19Or saved, or delivered.+17:20EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, a redundant quotative frame is a forward-pointing device that highlights and signals the importance of the speech that follows (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+17:20μετὰ ( meta) here is interpreted as signaling an attendant circumstance (for this function of μετὰ, see BDAG, 637, sv 3.b.). This is reflected in the translation. Cf πότε ( pote) earlier in this verse. Cf also the rendering of μετὰ + verbal noun here with the CJB, ESV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, RSV, and TEV at 1 Ti 4:14 (ie, their renderings of μετὰ ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου [ meta epitheseōs tōn cheirōn tou presbuteriou]). Jesus is not side-stepping the question here.+17:20Lit with careful watching, or with observation. The best and most accurate translations (relatively) here are the ASV, KJV, NIV (with the exception of the personal pronoun), and NKJV. Though some might argue that they are too literal, at least readers come away knowing that a verbal idea is in focus here. Although παρατήρησις ( paratētēsis) is sometimes used in ancient literature for the observation of cosmic signs (see BDAG, 771, sv 1), it is by no means limited to this use. In the NT, the verbal cognate on which παρατήρησις is based (παρατηρέω [ paratēreō]) simply means, in every instance but one, to “watch closely” or to “watch carefully” (see Mk 3:2; Lk 6:7, 14:1; Lk 20:20; Ac 9:24; the only exception is Ga 4:10, where it means to observe a custom or tradition). Although various translations are to be commended for trying to make some sense of and to convey the intended meaning here, to translate παρατήρησις as “signs to be observed” (cf NASB, NET, RSV) or “things that can be observed” (cf HCSB, LEB, NRSV) not only obscures the fact that a verbal idea is in focus here, but also has no contextual grounding. In fact, such renderings flatly contradict Jesus’ teaching elsewhere (see Mt 24; Mk 13; Lk 21), in which he goes into great detail concerning a number of different kinds of signs (including “signs in the sun and moon and stars” [Lk 21:25, NET]) that will let us know when his return is near (Mt 24:32), ie, when the “kingdom of God is near” (Lk 21:31, NET). The NAC’s claim that “without observation” means “that the messianic age will not be preceded by signs that will enable one to predict beforehand its arrival” ( NAC [Lk], 437), therefore, is simply wrong. Also without contextual warrant are translations like “in ways that can be observed” (ESV), or “such a way as to be seen” (TEV), or “with a visible display” (ISV), or “with visible signs” (CJB), because just four verses later, Jesus says that “just like the lighting flashes and lights up the sky from one side to the other, so will the Son of Man be in his day” (NET). I would argue that the King of Glory himself coming in the sky like lighting certainly qualifies as a “visible display,” and as something that takes place in “such a way” as can be “seen”! Furthermore, in Mt 24:30, Jesus also states that when he returns (and his “kingdom” comes; see Lk 21:30), the “sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky” (NIV). “Signs” that “appear” in the sky mean that the kingdom will come with the accompaniment of at least one “visible sign”! Jesus’ statement here in v 20 is best interpreted in light of his exposition in the verses that immediately follow. In other words, the kingdom of God will come in context to a time/generation similar to that of Noah. Noah himself knew that the flood was coming, because God had warned him about it, and thus he was “watching closely” for it. The others of his generation, however, weren’t watching for it, and it came upon them suddenly and without warning (cf Mt 24:38-39). Similarly, in the “day” (v 24), ie, the “generation” (v 25), of the Son of Man, most people will not be “watching closely,” ie, expecting the “flood” that will come upon the earth at the end of the age, and which will culminate when the Messiah descends from the sky in power to set up His kingdom. Jesus’ disciples, however, will not be surprised by his coming and the intense events that precede it, because they will have been “closely watching” the unfolding of the signs for which Jesus himself had told them to watch (see Mt 24; cf 1 Th 5:4).+17:21Lit they. This is an indefinite plural. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV.+17:21Cf Mt 24:5, 26; Mk 15:7; Lk 17:23, 21:8-9; Ac 5:35-37; 21:38.+17:21Or among. ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ( entos humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:21Or is going to come into your midst. VPR. See VCC (Lk 17:21).+17:21Cf Ex 34:9; Dt 7:21-24, 23:14; Nu 14:14; Ps 21:9; Is 52:12, 60:1-2; Zp 3:15-20 (cf also LXX); Zc 2:5, 2:10-11, 9:14-17 (see esp LXX), 12:10-14, 14:3-21; Re 1:7.+17:22Lit days. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+17:22ἰδεῖν ( idein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:22Or see/witness even a moment of the glorious reign of the Son of Man. Lit witness one/the first of the days of the Son of Man. ME (see ESS [Lk 12-24], 221; UBSHS [Lk], 588). The interpretation of Bock, Geldenhuys, and Hendriksen makes the most sense in this context, which highlights the time of transition from end of this evil age to the beginning of the Messianic age, with the line of demarcation being the Second Coming (v 23ff). Having said that, the idea of “even one” or “even a moment” is also conceivable here, since the disciples are “longing” for the Messianic age.+17:23Lit They. This is an indefinite plural. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV.+17:23IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV.+17:23IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV+17:23Cf Mt 24:5, 26; Mk 15:7; Lk 21:8-9; Ac 5:35-37, 21:38.+17:24IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 588). Cf LEB.+17:24Or under heaven.+17:24εἰς τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανὸν ( eis tēn hup ouranon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+17:24IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 588). Cf LEB.+17:24Or under heaven. Cf Is 30:30; Ha 3:4; Zc 9:14 (see esp LXX).+17:24οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+17:24An event is in view here contextually, and thus εἰμί ( eimi) sheds its stativity (see BDAG, 285, sv 6).+17:24Lit in his day. ME (see notes at Mt 24:36).+17:25See note at Mt 16:21. The same applies here.+17:25πρῶτον ( prōton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:25πολλὰ ( polla) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+17:25Cf Ps 22; Is 53.+17:25See note at Mt 21:42. The same applies here.+17:25Ps 118:22+17:26Lit in the days.+17:26οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:26Lit in the days.+17:27Lit They. This is an indefinite plural. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV.+17:27Lit They were eating, drinking. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 333, 755; UBSHS [Lk], 249).+17:27Lit they. ME/IT (see BDAG, 188, sv γαμίζω 1; UBSHS [Mt], 691).+17:27Cf Gn 6-8.+17:28Lit in the days.+17:28Lit Likewise, just as it was in the days of Lot. ME. Cf HCSB, TEV.+17:28Lit They. This is another indefinite plural.+17:28Lit They were eating, drinking. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 333, 755; UBSHS [Lk], 249).+17:29Or from heaven.+17:30κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ( kata ta auta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative cleft and adverb have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:30Lit in/at which day.+17:30VPR. See VCC (Lk 17:30); notes at Mt 24:37.+17:31Lit In/at that day.+17:31A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf CJB.+17:31Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Mt], 741).+17:31A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf CJB.+17:31Gn 19:26 (LXX). This exact phrase is found in the LXX account of the story.+17:32Lit Remember Lot’s wife. ME/IT (see also UBSHS [Lk], 592). Cf Phps, NLT.+17:32Cf Gn 19:26.+17:33περιποιήσασθαι ( peripoiēsasthai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:33A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+17:33See note at Mt 16:25. The same applies here.+17:33The direct object is implied here from the context. Cf most English translations.+17:34Cf Zc 14:1-2.+17:35Cf Zc 14:1-2.+17:35Some manuscripts have verse 36: “Two men will be in the field; one will be taken and the other left” (ESV).+17:37Lit they.+17:37Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+17:37Lit he.+17:37In this context, ἀετός ( aetos) means vulture rather than eagle (see BDAG, 22, sv; L-N, 4.42; NET Bible Notes, Mt 24:27). Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+17:37καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ( kai hoi aetoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+17:37Cf Ezk 39:17-23; Re 19:11-21.+18:1Lit he.+18:1πάντοτε ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+18:1Cf ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+18:2κριτής τις ( kritēs tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+18:2μὴ φοβούμενος ( mē phoboumenos) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore inversion has been used to give this element extra focus.+18:2μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος ( mē entrepomenous) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore inversion has been used to give this element extra focus.+18:3χήρα ( chēra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+18:3Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+18:3Lit to him.+18:3This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8. There is also a sense of desperation contextually.+18:3Lit Avenge me against my adversary/opponent. ME (see ANLEX, 58, sv ἐκδικέω; BDAG, sv ἐκδικέω 1, 2). That the accuser is in the wrong and is mistreating the widow is clear from the context. Cf CJB.+18:4Lit He.+18:4IT. Cf TEV.+18:4Lit After these things. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 596). Cf NIV, REB, TEV.+18:4οὐ φοβοῦμαι ( ou phoboumai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:4ἐντρέπομαι ( entrepomai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:5εἰς τέλος ( eis telos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus this element (which has been incorporated into the verb in translation here; lit lest she come finally, or lest she come in the end).+18:5Or Otherwise, by coming continually, she might wear me out!+18:6Or Hear, or Learn from.+18:6ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας ( ho kritēs tēs adkias) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a passive construction has been used to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus. A demonstrative pronoun has also been used to give extra focus to this constituent (cf NLT).+18:7In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+18:7Lit execute vengeance for, or exact vengeance for. Cf various translations at Ezk 25:17 (cf LXX). Cf also the LXX at Ezk 30:14.+18:7Or chosen people, or elect. Cf Dt 32:35-36.+18:7Cf Dt 32:35-36.+18:7Drawing here from the BSL in translation here (see BSL, Lk 18:7, sv μακροθυμέω).+18:7Lit deferring his anger about them, or deferring his anger because of them.+18:7Cf Dt 32:35-36; Ps 79:10, 90:13, 94:1-15, 119:84, 149:6-8; Is 59:17; Jr 11:20, 20:12, 46:10, 50:15, 50:28, 51:6; Ezk 25:14-17; Mic 5:15; Hab 1:2, 2:3; Zc 1:12; 2 Pt 3:8-9; Re 6:10.+18:7This verse uses an οὐ μὴ ( ou mē) + aorist subjunctive construction, which is the strongest and most emphatic form of negation in Koine Greek (see Black, Grammar, 180; Mounce, Grammar, 316; NET Bible Notes, Re 3:3).+18:8Or quickly. Cf Ps 37; Is 60:22; Hab 2:3; Heb 10:36; 2 Pt 3:8-9.+18:8Following the NKJV in the translation of ἆρα ( ara) here. Cf L-N, 69.14.+18:8The article is interpreted as functioning anaphorically here. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB; UBSHS (Lk), 598.+18:8Or will he really find faith...?+18:8Or on the earth.+18:8Cf Ps 12:1; Mic 7:2; Lk 17:26-30; Re 12:9, 13:10, 14:12.+18:9Lit he.+18:9τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην ( tēn parabolēn tautēn) is a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:9Lit who depended on themselves, that they... IT (see BDAG, πείθω 2.a., b.). The ὅτι ( hoti) clause here indicates the content of the confidence (see UBSHS [Lk], 599).+18:9Lit that they were righteous. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 18; translation and note at “Torah” in v 14). Trying to maintain some level of consistency in the translation of the cognates in this section.+18:10IT. Cf NLT.+18:11Or to himself, or having stood by himself.+18:11Or unjust, or unrighteous.+18:11Or or even.+18:12The Torah only required fasting on the Day of Atonement (Lv 16:29; cf NET Bible Notes, Lk 18:12). Jesus is obviously not condemning voluntary fasting here, but is confronting the self-righteous attitude with which it is being practiced (cf, eg, Is 58:1-12; Mt 6:16-18, 9:14-17; Ac 13:2).+18:12Lit I fast twice a week, I tithe all as much as I buy/acquire/get. ME(H/OTB)/IT (see ESS [Lk 12-24], 249; NAC [Lk], 340, 449; UBSHS [Lk], 601; Stern, JNTC, Lk 18:12). Cf Lv 27:30-33; Dt 14:22-29; 2 Ch 31:5-12; Mt 23:23; Lk 11:42. According to the Mishnah, “He who undertakes to be trustworthy [one who is assumed to tithe all of his produce] tithes (1) what he eats, and (2) what he sells, and (3) what he purchases, and (4) does not accept the hospitality of an Am haares” ( Mishnah, 37 [Demai 2:2]; parenthetical comments are Neusner’s).+18:13μακρόθεν ( makrothen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:13οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ( oude tous ophthalmous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus οὐδέ ( oude) has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). cf Most English translations.+18:13Lit was unwilling to lift his eyes. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 24.34).+18:13Lit kept striking his chest. ME(H)/IT (see ESS [Lk 12-24], 251; L-N, 19.1; UBSHS [Lk], 601). Cf NLT.+18:13This is an imperative of request/entreaty. For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8. The context also indicates urgency and desperation.+18:13Lit be propitious to me, or expiate me. ME(OTB) (see BEB, 1:746; HCSB Footnote, Lk 18:14; HIBD, 533-4, sv propitiation; NET Bible Notes, Jn 2:2; NAC [Lk], 450). Cf Lv 4:1-6:7; Ps 25:11 (24:11 in the LXX), 65:3 (64:4 in the LXX), 78:38 (77:38 in the LXX), 79:9 (78:9 in the LXX); Dn 9:19. If there is any doubt that both expiation (atonement or covering for sin/removal of sin) and propitation (turning away God’s wrath) are in view here, verses like Ps 78:38 should put it to rest: “Yet he, being compassionate, atoned for (ἱλάσεται [ hilasetai] in the LXX) their iniquity and did not destroy them; he restrained his anger often and did not stir up all his wrath” (ESV; emphasis mine).+18:13Because of the length of the ME (see preceding note), “be merciful” is used here with the right-dislocated element.+18:13The article here is interpreted as a par excellence article (cf Wallace, Grammar, 223). This is reflected in the translation.+18:13Cf Ex 32:30-33; Nu 16:41-50; Ps 6:1, 24:11, 28:2, 28:6, 30:8, 38:1, 51:1-3, 57:1, 65:3,78:38, 79:9, 85:2-3; Is 47:11, 60:10; Dn 9:19; Hab 3:2; Ml 1:9-10.+18:14IT. Cf CJB, HCSB, NIV.+18:14Lit that one. The far demonstrative creates a distancing effect here.+18:15Lit him.+18:15Lit in order that he might. Here, the purpose/intent of the ἵνα ( hina) clause and the potentiality of the subjunctive mood are signaled by “in hopes that.” Cf NCV at Ac 5:15.+18:15ἅπτηται ( haptētai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus.+18:15Lit began to scold them. See note at Mt 19:13. The same applies here. Cf NET.+18:16Lit them.+18:16τῶν τοιούτων ( tōn toioutōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus a cleft-construction has been to give this constituent extra focus (cf NRSV). γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+18:16ME/IT (see translation and notes at Mt 10:42, 18:5).+18:17IT. See note at Mt 5:18.+18:17A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+18:18Lit him.+18:18Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 604).+18:18ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:18This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+18:19τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction and adverb have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+18:20τὰς ἐντολὰς ( tas entolas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:20Ex 20:14; Dt 5:18+18:20Ex 20:13; Dt 5:17+18:20Ex 20:15; Dt 5:19+18:20Ex 20:16; Dt 5:20+18:20Ex 20:12; Dt 5:16+18:21πάντα ( panta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been segmented with commas for extra focus.+18:21Lit he.+18:21Lit since my youth. ME (see note at Mk 10:20). Cf ISV.+18:22Lit to him.+18:22ἕν ( hen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:22πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις ( panta hosa echeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and dashes have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+18:22IT. Cf ISV, NET, NLT, TEV.+18:22IT. See note at Mt 19:21. The same applies here.+18:22Cf Mt 6:16-18; Lk 14:14; 1 Ti 6:17-19.+18:22Lit come follow me. ME(H) (see note at Mt 4:19).+18:22Cf 1 Ki 19:19-21.+18:23Lit he.+18:23περίλυπος ( perilupos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb (warranted also on lexical grounds; see, eg, BDAG, 802, sv περίλυπος) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:24περίλυπον ( perilupon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf ISV.+18:24Lit he.+18:24πῶς δυσκόλως ( pōs duskolōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf most English translations.+18:25εὐκοπώτερόν ( eukpōteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+18:25διὰ τρήματος βελόνης ( dia trēmatos belonēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:25εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ( eis tēn basileian tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:27ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 19:26). Cf NET.+18:27See note at “replied” in this verse.+18:27Lit he.+18:27δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ ( dunata para tō theō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ( ho de eipen) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. Italics have also been used to the same end.+18:28In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+18:28Lit left behind the own things. ME (see BDAG, 467, sv ἴδιος 4.b.; UBSHS [Lk], 608). Cf CJB, NET, NLT, TEV.+18:28“Koine Greek often used paratactic structure when hypotactic was implied” ( NET Bible Notes, Lk 18:28). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+18:28Lit to follow you. ME(H) (see note at Mt 5:12).+18:29Lit He.+18:29IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+18:30Lit life in the coming age. Because the “age to come” has already been stated in the temporal frame, “unending” has been used translation here.+18:31Lit he.+18:31Or fulfilled, or carried out.+18:34Lit they.+18:34Lit This word, or This statement. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 610). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+18:34Lit didn’t grasp the things being spoken.+18:35τυφλός τις ( tuphlos tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:36Lit he asked what this could possibly be. See note at Lk 15:26. The same applies here. Cf NCV, TEV.+18:37Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ( Yēsous ho Nazōraios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:38Lit he.+18:39Cf ISV.+18:39Lit He.+18:39πολλῷ μᾶλλον ( pollō mallon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent (which is already strong on a semantic level).+18:40Lit him.+18:40Lit he.+18:41τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+18:41Lit he.+18:41IT. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+18:42ἡ πίστις σου ( hē pistis sou) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus a demonstrative pronoun (in Greek, the article is a weak demonstrative) has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+18:42Or delivered, or saved.+18:43Lit He.+18:43παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:43Lit with him.+19:1Lit He.+19:1Lit having entered he was passing through Jericho. Cf most English translations.+19:2Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+19:2Lit He.+19:2The ISV is great here! Following it in translation here.+19:3Lit kept seeking/trying to see who Jesus was. ME. Cf NET.+19:3μικρὸς ( mikros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+19:3Lit he was unable to because of the crowd, since in stature he was small/short. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:4Lit he.+19:4Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 301, sv ἐκείνης).+19:4ἤμελλεν διέρχεσθαι ( ēmellen dierchesthai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus.+19:5Lit he.+19:5Lit said to him.+19:5ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου ( en tō oikō sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:6Lit he.+19:6Lit him.+19:7παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ ( para hamartōlō andri) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+19:7Lit He has entered to halt/put down with a sinful man! ME (see BDAG, 522, sv καταλύω 4; DBL Greek, #2907; L-N, 34.61). Cf ISV, NLT. Because of the device used to give extra focus to the focal element (see preceding note), a question has been used to convey the offense/shock present in this context.+19:8τοῖς πτωχοῖς ( tois ptōchois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:8ἐσυκοφάντησα ( esukophantēsa) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a prepositional phrase has been used to allow the main information activated by this element (see BDAG, 955, συκοφαντέω, sv 1, 2; DBL Greek, 5193; L-N, 33.434) to land in clause-final for extra stress.+19:8IT. Cf CJB.+19:9σωτηρία ( sōtēria) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:9Lit For he.+19:9υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ( huios Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra and emphasis to this constituent.+19:9Lit son. ME (see L-N, 10.30). Cf NCV, TEV.+19:10Lit came to, or has come to. See note at Mt 5:17.+19:10Following the NCV in translation here.+19:11Lit they. Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+19:11Lit he.+19:11ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ( engus Yerousalēm) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+19:11Cf Is 46:13, 52:7, 62:11; Zc 12-14.+19:11παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:12Lit to receive for himself a kingdom. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NLT. “The picture is that of a vassal king to be appointed by the Roman emperor” ( UBSHS [Lk], 620). In this context, “receive a kingdom” means to be appointed as a king and granted authority to rule over the area to which he would return.+19:12Cf Dn 7:13-17.+19:13IT. The context indicates that the new development here is a description of what he did before leaving. Cf NLT, TEV, REB.+19:13Lit gave/entrusted them with ten minas. ME ( BSL, Lk 19:13, sv μνᾶ; NET Bible Notes, Lk 19:13; L-N, 6.81; note at Mt 18:24). The meaning here is that each slave was entrusted with one mina (see NET Bible Notes, Lk 19:13; UBSHS [Lk], 620).+19:14Lit The citizens of him. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 620).+19:15Lit he.+19:15Lit after receiving the kingdom. ME (see note at “king” in v 12).+19:15Lit he said to be called to him. ME. Cf HCSB, NET.+19:16Lit your mina.+19:16δέκα μνᾶς ( deka mnas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:16Lit ten minas. ME. Cf NLT.+19:17Lit he.+19:17πιστὸς ( pistos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:17Or faithful. So throughout this section.+19:17ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ( en elachistō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+19:17Lit be (imperative) having authority. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+19:18Lit the second one.+19:18Lit your mina.+19:18Lit has made five minas. ME. Cf NLT.+19:19Lit He.+19:19ἐπάνω πέντε πόλεων ( epanō pente poleōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to extra focus to this element.+19:20Lit another one.+19:20Lit your mina.+19:21Lit For.+19:21ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς ( anthropos austēros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:21Lit You take what you did not put down and reap what you did not sow. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 776; UBSHS [Lk], 624).+19:22ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου ( ek tou stomatos sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:22Lit from your mouth. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+19:22Lit he.+19:22ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς ( anthropos austēros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:22Lit taking what I did not put down and reaping what I did not sow. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 776; UBSHS [Lk], 624).+19:23IT. Cf ESV, ISV, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+19:23IT. Cf NLT.+19:23Lit and. Koine Greek often used parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship was implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NET.+19:23σὺν τόκῳ ( sun tokō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:24Lit He.+19:24τοῖς παρεστῶσιν ( tois parestōsin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a spacer (drawn from the temporal sequence implied in the narrative) has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:24τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ( tas deka mnas) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:24Lit to the one who has ten minas.+19:25IT. Cf HCSB, NET, NLT, TEV.+19:25Lit ten minas.+19:26IT. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:26A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+19:26Lit if someone has, or anyone who has. ME (see note at Mt 13:12).+19:26Lit But from the one who does not have. ME (see note at Mt 13:12).+19:26καὶ ὃ ἔχει ( kai ho echei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been translated ascensively to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+19:28Lit he.+19:29IT (see L-N, 93.433, 93.427). Cf NLT.+19:29Lit near the mountain that is called “of Olives.” ME. Cf NET.+19:30IT. A return trip is implied here.+19:31Lit asks.+19:31The direct object is implied from the context. Cf most English translations.+19:31οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:31ὁ κύριος ( ho kurios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:32Lit he.+19:34ὁ κύριος ( ho kurios) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:34Lit they.+19:35Lit it. Following the lead of the ISV, NLT, TEV in placing “colt” in this clause and the pronoun in the next.+19:35Lit garments. ME(H). In this context, “garments” is referring to the outer garment or cloak (see NET Bible Notes, Mt 21:6).+19:35Lit on the colt. See note at “colt” earlier in this verse.+19:35Cf TEV.+19:36Lit he.+19:36Lit they.+19:36Cf 2 Ki 9:13.+19:37Cf NET.+19:37ὧν εἶδον ( hōn eidon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:38Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+19:38Ps 118:25-26+19:38Either “in heaven” or “peace” is focally prominent here (see BART Display). Runge marks “in heaven” as a spatial frame (see LDGNT). Since this clause is marked in the BART Display for focal ambiguity, I’ve decided to use inversion in translation here to give a little extra focus to both elements.+19:38Cf Jb 25:2+19:38A reference to Ps 148:1.+19:39Lit to him.+19:40Lit He.+19:40οὗτοι ( houti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:40οἱ λίθοι ( hoi lithoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+19:41Lit he.+19:41Lit And as he drew near, when he saw the city. Cf NCV, NIV.+19:42Or even you. Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Lk], 633).+19:42Or known.+19:42Lit the things with respect to peace, or the things toward peace. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV.+19:42Cf Ps 122.+19:42VPR. See VCC (Lk 19:42).+19:42Cf Is 6:8-13, 29:11; Mt 13:14-15; Jn 12:35-43; Rm 11:10, 25-26.+19:43Lit days. Cf NCV, TEV.+19:44Lit you and the children within you. ME (see L-N, 11.63; NET Bible Notes, Lk 19:44; UBSHS [Lk], 634). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+19:44Lit they will not leave stone upon stone within you. ME (see UBSHS [Mk], 396).+19:44Or the appointed time.+19:44Lit the appointed time/favorable time of the coming to the aid of you, or the appointed time of your visitation. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, TEV. Cf also the BHT at Lk 1:68 and 1:78 (where the verbal cognate of ἐπισκοπή [ episkopē] is used).+19:44Cf Mt 16:2-3.+19:45Lit he.+19:45IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NRSV.+19:46Is 56:7+19:46Jr 7:11+19:47Lit He.+19:47Translating the genitive here as a genitive of subordination.+19:48Lit Yet they weren’t finding the thing what they might do. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+19:48ἅπας ( hapas) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been segmented with commas for extra focus.+19:48Lit for all the people were hanging on him, hearing. ME (see ANLEX, 138, sv ἐκκρεμάννυμι; UBSHS [Lk], 636). Cf CJB, NASB, NET, NIV, NLT.